- Boxes
- definitions
- Ellipses
- theorems and lemmas
- Blue border
- the statement of this result is ready to be formalized; all prerequisites are done
- Orange border
- the statement of this result is not ready to be formalized; the blueprint needs more work
- Blue background
- the proof of this result is ready to be formalized; all prerequisites are done
- Green border
- the statement of this result is formalized
- Green background
- the proof of this result is formalized
- Dark green background
- the proof of this result and all its ancestors are formalized
- Dark green border
- this is in Mathlib
Suppose that either \(r\) or \(\ell \) is odd. Two conjugation-invariant MPUs \(\mathcal U_1\) and \(\mathcal U_2\) are strictly equivalent under conjugation if and only if
If either \(r\) or \(\ell \) is odd, all conjugation-invariant MPUs with these source ranks are equivalent under conjugation symmetry.
Two conjugation-invariant MPUs are equivalent under conjugation symmetry if and only if they belong to the same case of Proposition 18.9.1.14.
For \(i=1,2\), suppose the endpoint tensor \(\mathcal U_i\), its conjugate comparison \(\overline{\mathcal U_i}\), the actual two-site block \(\mathcal U_{i,2}\), and its conjugate comparison \(\overline{\mathcal U_{i,2}}\) are simple and each carries reduced full-support source data. Suppose that either \(r\) or \(\ell \) is odd and that the resulting standard-form interpolation carries an admissible path datum of blocking length one. Then \(\mathcal U_1\) and \(\mathcal U_2\) are admissibly equivalent under conjugation symmetry.
Let \(k_0\) be the common blocking length in an admissible equivalence datum for a continuous path \(\mathcal U(p)\) of MPU tensors, and suppose that this supplied length satisfies \(k_0\leq D^4\). Then there are continuous paths of unitaries \(u(p)\) and \(v(p)\) such that the MPU \(U^{(2k_0N)}(p)\) has standard form given by \(u(p)\) and \(v(p)\) for every \(p\in [0,1]\). This is the reduced-source version of [ 16 , Corollary IV.7 ] .
For \(i=1,2\), suppose the original one-site endpoint tensor \(\mathcal U_i\), its conjugate comparison \(\overline{\mathcal U_i}\), the actual two-site block \(\mathcal U_{i,2}\), and its conjugate comparison \(\overline{\mathcal U_{i,2}}\) are simple and each carries reduced full-support source data. Suppose also that the resulting standard-form interpolation carries an admissible path datum of blocking length one. Then \(\mathcal U_1\) and \(\mathcal U_2\) are admissibly equivalent under conjugation symmetry if and only if they belong to the same case of Proposition 18.9.1.15.
Let two time-reversal-invariant MPUs be compared by an admissible symmetry path \(p\mapsto \mathcal W(p)\) whose path datum has blocking length one. Suppose that the five path families \(\mathcal W(p)\), \(\mathcal W(p)_2\), \(\mathcal W(p)_4\), \(\mathcal W(p)_2^\sharp \), and \(\mathcal W(p)_4^\sharp \) are simple and carry continuously varying reduced full-support source data. Then admissible strict equivalence requires equality of both \(\sigma ^{(1)}\) and \(\sigma ^{(2)}\).
For admissible equivalence after adjoining ancillas and applying the source blocking, let \(p\mapsto \mathcal W_{\mathrm{anc}}(p)\) be the actual ancilla-enlarged blocked witness path, not a reduced or equivalent representative, and regard it as a length-one admissible path. Require continuous reduced full-support source data along \(\mathcal W_{\mathrm{anc}}(p)\), its actual two- and four-site blocks, and the physical-adjoint comparisons of those two blocks. The conclusion is only
No equality between \(\sigma ^{(2)}\) of the original two MPUs is asserted. Such a conclusion requires preservation under adjoining identity ancillas, which is not established here.
In the admissible Case II of Proposition 18.9.1.15, one can write
where \(\widetilde u\) and \(\widetilde v\) are orthogonal and
Under the hypotheses of Theorem 19.5.10.2, suppose in addition that
Then there exist unitaries \(W_1\in \operatorname {Mat}_r(\mathbb {C})\) and \(W_2\in \operatorname {Mat}_\ell (\mathbb {C})\) such that, for \(i=1,2\),
This is the isometrically normalized specialization of [ 197 , lines 1052–1066 ] ; the additional isometry hypotheses remove the scalar freedom.
If \(z\in \mathcal A\) satisfies \([z,R]=0\) for every \(y\in \mathbb Z\) and every \(R\in \widehat{\mathcal R}_y\), then \([z,A]=0\) for every \(A\in \mathcal A\). This is the step from commutation with all \(\mathcal R_y\) to commutation in the quasi-local algebra at [ 203 , lines 1279–1282 ] ; see [ 64 ] .
Strictly equivalent time-reversal-invariant MPUs have the same \(\sigma ^{(1)}\) and \(\sigma ^{(2)}\). Equivalent time-reversal-invariant MPUs have the same \(\sigma ^{(2)}\).
In Case II of Proposition 18.9.1.14, one can write
where \(\widetilde u\) and \(\widetilde v\) are orthogonal and
Let an MPU in standard form be invariant under complex conjugation. Its standard-form unitaries can be chosen in exactly one of the following two cases. In Case I,
and the choice is unique up to local orthogonal transformations. In Case II,
where
The choice is unique up to local symplectic transformations \(S_x\) satisfying \(S_x^T\Sigma _xS_x=\Sigma _x\). Case II can occur only when \(r\) and \(\ell \) are even.
For every continuous path \(p\mapsto \mathcal U(p)\) of MPU tensors, not necessarily in canonical form, there are an integer \(k_0\leq D^4\) and continuous paths of unitaries \(u(p)\) and \(v(p)\) such that \(U^{(2k_0N)}(p)\) has standard form given by \(u(p)\) and \(v(p)\).
Given \(r\) blocks with bond dimensions \((D_k)_{k=1}^r\), per-block tensors \(\{ A_k^i\} \), and scaling factors \((\mu _k)_{k=1}^r\), the associated block-diagonal tensor is the tensor of total bond dimension \(D = \sum _{k=1}^r D_k\) defined by
Given a tensor \(A\) and a blocking length \(L\), the \(L\)-blocked tensor is the tensor with physical index set \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} ^L\) (hence physical dimension \(d^L\)) and the same bond dimension \(D\), whose matrices are indexed by words \((i_1, \ldots , i_L) \in \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} ^L\):
Blocking coarse-grains \(L\) neighbouring sites into one tensor: the inner virtual bonds are contracted, the \(L\) physical legs merge into a single composite index, and the two outer bonds remain as the bond of \(A^{[L]}\).
The norm completion of a complex normed star algebra satisfying the C-star identity carries the continuously extended involution and a C-star algebra structure. The canonical map into the completion is a star-algebra homomorphism.
- UniformSpace.Completion.toComplAlgHom
- UniformSpace.Completion.toComplStarAlgHom
- UniformSpace.Completion.coe_toComplStarAlgHom
- UniformSpace.Completion.instStar
- UniformSpace.Completion.coe_star
- UniformSpace.Completion.instContinuousStar
- UniformSpace.Completion.instStarRing
- UniformSpace.Completion.instCStarRing
- UniformSpace.Completion.instStarModule
- UniformSpace.Completion.instCStarAlgebra
Let \(A\) and \(B\) be complex normed star algebras, and let \(f\colon A\to B\) be a star-algebra equivalence. If \(f\) and \(f^{-1}\) are continuous, then \(f\) extends to a star-algebra equivalence
between their norm completions. Its underlying map is the continuous extension of \(f\). Writing \(j_A\) and \(j_B\) for the canonical maps into the completions, the extension satisfies
Let \(A\) have bond dimension \(D\). It is in the canonical form of [ 13 , Section 2.3 ] if there are positive integers \(D_1,\ldots ,D_r\), normal tensors \(A_k\) of bond dimension \(D_k\), nonzero weights \(\mu _k\in \mathbb {C}\), and, writing \(S=\sum _kD_k\), a matrix \(U\in \mathbb {C}^{S\times D}\) such that \(S\le D\) and, for every physical index \(i\),
Thus the complement of the retained direct sum consists literally of zero bond-space coordinates. In particular, \(r=0\) is possible only when \(A=0\).
The convention in line 246 of [ 13 ] is a separate normalization of these data, not part of canonical-form membership:
Every weight \(\mu _k\) is nonzero. This is the reading of [ 13 , Section 2.3 ] adopted here: the remark in line 219 there places the degenerate case in the block dimensions (\(D_k=0\)), and lines 224–225 choose each \(\mu _k\) so that the transfer map of \(\mu _kA_k\) has spectral radius one, which a vanishing weight cannot satisfy. The reading loses nothing, since if \(\mu _{k_0}=0\) then \(\mu _{k_0}A_{k_0}^i=0\) is the zero matrix of size \(D_{k_0}\) and
so \(A^i\) is the same coisometric image of the direct sum over the remaining indices, with the \(D_{k_0}\) coordinates of the omitted summand moved to the zero complement. No ordering or separation condition is imposed.
The basis-of-normal-tensors refinement is Definition 8.1.1; it is not part of canonical form itself.
In canonical form II of [ 13 , Appendix A ] , there are positive retained dimensions \(D_k\), normal tensors \(A_k\), weights \(\mu _k\), and, for \(S=\sum _kD_k\le D\), a matrix \(U\in \mathbb {C}^{S\times D}\) such that, for every physical index \(i\),
Thus omitted bond-space coordinates are literally zero. Every retained block additionally satisfies
where \(\Lambda _k\) is diagonal and positive definite. The two displayed equations are the only additional blockwise conditions; no ordering, injectivity, gauges, or basis-of-normal-tensors assumptions are included. In particular, a normal left-canonical tensor of positive bond dimension with a positive definite diagonal fixed matrix has a one-block presentation with weight one and no omitted bond coordinates. The line-246 convention (29) remains a separate condition on the underlying canonical-form data.
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) have physical dimensions \(d_a\) and \(d_b\). They are equivalent under a symmetry \(\mathcal S\) if there are a positive blocking length \(k\) and coprime positive ancilla dimensions \(p_a,p_b\) with \(p_ad_a=p_bd_b\) such that \((\mathcal U^{(p_a)})_k\) and \((\mathcal V^{(p_b)})_k\) are strictly equivalent under \(\mathcal S\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be MPU tensors with physical dimensions \(d_a\) and \(d_b\). They are equivalent if there are a positive blocking length \(k\) and coprime positive integers \(p_a,p_b\) with
such that \((\mathcal U^{(p_a)})_k\) and \((\mathcal V^{(p_b)})_k\) are strictly equivalent. Here the positive-dimensional identity ancillas are attached before the common blocking, and
As in [ 16 , lines 716–724 ] , canonical form of the blocked tensors with ancilla is a condition of the definition.
Given a word \(w = (i_1, \ldots , i_L) \in \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} ^L\), the word evaluation is the matrix product
The empty word evaluates to the identity, \(A^\varnothing = \mathbb {1}_D\). In tensor-network notation,
in which each black node denotes the same local tensor \(A\), the virtual legs remain open, and the physical legs are labelled by the word \((i_1,\ldots ,i_L)\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a tensor in canonical form generating matrix product unitaries, let \(k\geq 1\) be any blocking length for which \(\mathcal U_k\) is simple, and let \(r\) and \(\ell \) be its right and left source-cut ranks. The source index is
Since \(r\ell =d^{2k}\), this is equivalently
This is the definition of [ 16 , Definition IV.1 ] , stated there for a tensor in canonical form with the ranks of its simple blocking, after the source has assumed without loss of generality that the tensor is in canonical form II (lines 294 and 356). The index of every matrix product unitary is taken through a canonical-form-II representative; for a tensor in canonical form this value is the displayed expression in the ranks of its own blocking, since these ranks are invariant under the similarity to canonical form II.
For \(a\in \mathbb Z\) and \(N\geq 0\), put \(I(a,N)=\{ a,a+1,\ldots ,a+N-1\} \). The site numbering \(i\mapsto a+i\) identifies configurations on \(I(a,N)\) with length-\(N\) configurations. Reindexing both matrix coordinates gives a star-algebra equivalence \(C_{a,N}:\mathcal A_{I(a,N)}\to M_{d^N}(\mathbb C)\). Explicitly, \(C_{a,N}(X)_{\sigma \tau }=X_{\widetilde\sigma \widetilde\tau }\), where \(\widetilde\sigma (a+i)=\sigma _i\). This includes \(N=0\) and the one-dimensional algebra on the empty interval.
The mixed transfer operator (or cross transfer operator) for two MPS tensors \(A\) and \(B\) of the same bond dimension \(D\) is the linear map \(F_{AB}:M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\to M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\) defined by
The product tensor of two MPO tensors contracts the bra index of the first factor with the ket index of the second and takes the tensor product of the bond spaces:
In the vertical reading of [ 13 , Section 4.5 ] , this joins two vertically read tensors along an original horizontal bond. It is the tensor written \(M_\alpha M_\beta \) in [ 13 , Theorem 4.14(iii) ] .
For an MPO tensor \(K\), define \(K^\sharp \) by
Thus \(K^\sharp [\beta ,\alpha ]=K[\beta ,\alpha ]^*\), while the virtual indices retain their order. The doubled-bond coordinate exchange \((a,b)\mapsto (b,a)\), an involution of the doubled virtual space, is recorded here as the coordinate map accompanying this definition. For every periodic chain,
For an integer \(L\geq 0\), group \(L\) adjacent physical sites and denote the resulting local tensor by \(M^{[L]}\). It has a length-\(L\) ket word \(I=(i_1,\ldots ,i_L)\) and a length-\(L\) bra word \(J=(j_1,\ldots ,j_L)\) as its physical indices, and
Thus the ket and bra words are grouped separately. For \(L=0\), both words are empty and the unique local matrix is the identity. For \(L{\gt}0\), this is the MPO version of the physical blocking used for the basis of normal tensors in [ 13 , lines 317–345 ] . It is a local tensor, not the closed-chain operator \(O_L(M)\) of [ 13 , lines 962–967 ] .
For a one-site matrix \(V\), write \(V^{\otimes N}\) in the configuration basis as
If the copies of the \(j\)-th normal tensor have common coefficient \(\mu _j\), set \(\mathcal K_j=\mu _j A_j\).
For an MPO tensor \(K\), its two-site blocking \(K^{[2]}\) has physical indices \((i_0,i_1)\) and \((j_0,j_1)\) and matrices
This is the blocking used in [ 13 , Theorem 4.9, lines 851–856 ] .
View the MPO tensor \(M\) vertically as the family of physical-space operators \(M_{ab}\) of Definition 16.4.4, indexed by the virtual indices, with matrix elements \((M_{ab})_{ij}=M^{ij}_{ab}\). A matrix \(P\in M_{d}(\mathbb {C})\) then acts on the tensor by
and on an \((N+1)\)-site chain by the first-spin operator \(P\otimes \mathbb {1}^{\otimes N}\). On the letters of the vertically viewed tensor these actions are the left and right matrix products, \((PM)_{ab}=PM_{ab}\) and \((MP)_{ab}=M_{ab}P\). The first-spin operators compose site by site, \(P_1Q_1=(PQ)_1\).
For words \(u=(i_1,\ldots ,i_N)\) and \(v=(j_1,\ldots ,j_N)\) in \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} ^N\), the word evaluation is
The empty pair of words evaluates to the identity, \(M^{\varnothing ,\varnothing }=\mathbb {1}_D\), and word pairs of different lengths evaluate to \(0\).
The operator generated by \(M\) on \(N\) sites is the matrix \(\rho ^{(N)}(M)\) indexed by configurations \(\sigma ,\tau \in \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} ^N\) and given by
Placing one MPO layer on top of another and contracting the shared physical index gives the layer product of two MPO tensors \(M\) and \(M'\) with the same physical dimension, \((MM')^{ij}=\sum _kM^{ik}\otimes M'^{kj}\), an MPO tensor on the tensor product of the virtual spaces. The \(p\)-fold vertical stack \(M^{[p]}\) of \(M\) is the iterated layer product of \(p\) copies of \(M\); the empty stack \(M^{[0]}\) is the trivial-bond tensor with letters \(\delta _{ij}\), which generates the identity operator at every system size.
By combining the pair \((i,j)\) into a single physical index in \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d^2-1\} \), one obtains an MPS tensor with physical dimension \(d^2\) and bond dimension \(D\), with \(M^{\mathrm{MPS}}_{(i,j)}=M^{ij}\), identifying \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \) with \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d^2{-}1\} \) via the product encoding.
Let \(A=\{ A^i\} _{i\in \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} }\) and \(B=\{ B^k\} _{k\in \{ 0,\ldots ,e{-}1\} }\) have auxiliary dimensions \(D\) and \(E\), respectively. Write
for the standard finite-product coordinate bijection. Their independent tensor product \(A\boxtimes B\) has physical dimension \(de\), auxiliary dimension \(DE\), and local matrices determined by
For every \(N\), the same coordinates give the pointwise splitting
This is infrastructure for the tensoring clause in the proof of the MPU Index Theorem IV.6(ii) [ 16 , lines 824–845 ] , not a separately stated theorem of that paper. The notation \(A=\{ A^i\} _i\) agrees with the canonical-form block notation in [ 13 , Section 2.3, lines 214–245 ] .
Let \(A\) and \(B\) have the same physical alphabet and respective bond dimensions \(D_A\) and \(D_B\). A reduction from \(B\) to \(A\) is a pair \(V\in \mathbb {C}^{D_A\times D_B}\) and \(W\in \mathbb {C}^{D_B\times D_A}\) such that
for every word \(\mathbf a\), including the empty word. This is the reduction of [ 221 , Proposition 20 and the following definition ] .
A (translation-invariant, PBC) MPS tensor with physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\) is a collection of matrices \(\{ A^i\} _{i=0}^{d-1}\), where \(A^i \in M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\), indexed by a physical index \(i \in \{ 0, \ldots , d{-}1\} \). Such a tensor defines an MPV family. Diagrammatically,
The black node denotes the tensor \(A\), the horizontal legs are virtual, and the upper leg is the physical index \(i\).
The remaining sites outside two adjacent child packets and the joining flags are identified with the sites outside the parent packet. Join the two physical input configurations and transport the arbitrary remaining configuration along this site bijection.
Fix one minimal cut basis and balanced metric family. An interval circuit implementation of budget \(K\) consists of a full logical unitary supported on the interval and a neighboring-pair circuit of at most \(K\) gates. The circuit implements that logical unitary with the common workspace returned to zero on every logical input. Its initialized interval columns are the actual weighted interval columns, including arbitrary outside configurations.
Fix the minimal cut bases and one balanced metric family of the given unitary. The input of an interval consists of its physical configuration with all interval auxiliaries initialized to zero, together with an arbitrary configuration outside the interval. Its output consists of the weighted interval amplitudes in the prescribed cut-label encodings, with all strictly interior auxiliaries zero and the outside configuration unchanged. An interval implementation satisfies this complete column identity.
At an internal cut, order the joining packet as the left child’s right bond register, the right child’s left bond register, the dilation flag, and the attenuation flag. Its consecutive site inclusion is determined by the allocated logical registers.
Combine the prescribed child output inclusions on their disjoint interval supports with an arbitrary outside basis inclusion. Setting a selected set of outside coordinates to zero gives its initialized complement inclusion.
For a one-site interval, identify its consecutive packet with the physical site followed by its right and left boundary bond registers. The induced configuration bijection preserves the prescribed physical and boundary coordinates.
Include the physical chain into the logical register with its auxiliaries zero. Include the logical register into the complete register with the common scratch pool zero. Their composition includes the physical chain with every auxiliary zero.
Regroup the physical outputs, outer cut labels, and outside configurations before the two joining labels. Pull a basis inclusion back along a site bijection to place the joining packet at the end.
Give every leaf cost \(K\). At a node whose children have costs \(T_1,T_2\), let \(T_0=T_1+T_2+M\) and assign cost \(\ell (1+2T_0+B+L)+T_0\), where \(M\) bounds the joining operation, \(B,L\) bound the two reflections, and \(\ell \) is the number of amplification rounds at that node. Define \(C=(2D+1)M+D(1+B+L)\).
An admissible strict-equivalence datum for a path \([0,1]\ni p\mapsto \mathcal W(p)\) consists of a common positive blocking length \(m\) such that the actual blocked path tensor \(\mathcal W(p)_m\) is simple and carries a reduced full-support source datum for every \(p\). The blocked tensors and their source data vary continuously with \(p\), after fixed identifications of the finite-dimensional spaces involved. No equivalent or reduced representative may replace \(\mathcal W(p)_m\). In particular, the actual blocked endpoint tensors carry their own source data.
When the path is used under a specified symmetry \(\mathcal S\), the datum also includes continuously varying reduced full-support source data for the fixed family of comparison paths
Every tensor in this family is simple. This requirement is part of the datum independently of which comparisons a later proof uses; no preservation under conjugation, physical adjoint, transposition, or \(\mathcal S\) is assumed.
Two tensors are admissibly strictly equivalent if their strict equivalence is witnessed by such a path. They are admissibly equivalent if the blocked, ancilla-enlarged endpoints in Definition 18.9.69 are joined by an admissible strict-equivalence path. The source arguments motivating these additional path hypotheses are Proposition IV.5, Theorem IV.6, Corollary IV.7, and the lemma following the symmetry-equivalence definitions in [ 16 ] ; the datum itself is introduced here and has no source-labelled counterpart.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II. Choose any positive blocking length \(k\) for which \(\mathcal U_k\) is simple, and let \(r_k\) and \(\ell _k\) be its right and left source-cut ranks. Such a blocking exists, and both ranks are positive. Define
Since \(r_k\ell _k=d^{2k}\), one also has
This is the canonical-form-II representative case of [ 16 , Definition IV.1 ] .
Two tensors \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) are strictly equivalent under a symmetry \(\mathcal S\) if they have the same physical dimension and there is a continuous path \(\mathcal W(p)\) of MPU tensors from \(\mathcal U\) to \(\mathcal V\) such that
for every \(p\in [0,1]\) and every chain length \(N\) under consideration. The path need not be in canonical form. The equivalence is admissible if its witnessing path carries an admissible equivalence datum for the actual blocked path tensor and the fixed conjugate, physical-adjoint, transposed, and \(\mathcal S\)-image comparison paths, and if the common blocking length \(m\) of that datum satisfies \(m\leq D^4\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) have physical dimensions \(d_a\) and \(d_b\). They are equivalent under a symmetry \(\mathcal S\) if there are a positive blocking length \(k\) and coprime positive ancilla dimensions \(p_a,p_b\) with \(p_ad_a=p_bd_b\) such that \((\mathcal U^{(p_a)})_k\) and \((\mathcal V^{(p_b)})_k\) are strictly equivalent under \(\mathcal S\). Thus the ancillas are attached before the common blocking. The equivalence is admissible if this strict-equivalence witness carries an admissible equivalence datum for the actual blocked path and the fixed conjugate, physical-adjoint, transposed, and \(\mathcal S\)-image comparison paths, with common blocking length at most \(D^4\).
Let \(A\succeq 0\) have support projection \(P\), and let \(A^+\) denote its inverse on the support. Define
Define also
This construction gives the invertible matrices for Proposition IV.5 of [ 16 ] .
Fix a positive block length \(L\) and an integer anchor \(a\). The number of sites from \(a\) to the next globally aligned block boundary is \(q(a,L)=(-a)\bmod L\). If an interval of length \(N\) has the decomposition \(N=p+mL+s\), its configuration may be specified by a prefix word of length \(p\), a word of \(m\) blocked letters, and a suffix word of length \(s\). Their ordered concatenation defines a configuration on \(I_{a,N}\), including when \(m=0\). This concatenation is a bijection from triples of such words to configurations on the interval.
Fix \(k,p,s\geq 0\) and an integer anchor \(a\). On the interval of length \(N=p+3(2k)+s\), distinguish three consecutive complete blocks of length \(2k\) between an arbitrary prefix and suffix. Let \(H=d^k\). On the output side, the four neighboring half-blocks form a factor \(X\) of dimension \(H^4\); the prefix, suffix, and two exposed outer half-blocks form the exterior factor \(E_{\mathrm{out}}\). On the input side, the central complete block forms a factor \(J\) of dimension \(H^2\); the prefix, suffix, and the two outer complete blocks form \(E_{\mathrm{in}}\). Ordered concatenation gives bijections from \(E_{\mathrm{out}}\times X\) and \(E_{\mathrm{in}}\times J\) to the respective configuration bases of the same finite interval. Write \(M_{a;p,k,s}\) for the finite-chain MPO matrix in these two bases.
- MPOTensor.threeBlockOutputEquiv
- MPOTensor.threeBlockOutputEquiv_apply
- MPOTensor.threeBlockInputEquiv
- MPOTensor.threeBlockInputEquiv_apply
- MPOTensor.threeBlockOutputConfigEquiv
- MPOTensor.threeBlockOutputConfigEquiv_apply
- MPOTensor.threeBlockInputConfigEquiv
- MPOTensor.threeBlockInputConfigEquiv_apply
- MPOTensor.threeBlockFiniteChainMatrix
Write the two child isometries as a tensor product and regroup their outputs into physical coordinates, outer bond coordinates, and the two joining bond coordinates. Apply the normalized bond-reset dilation only to the joining coordinates and its binary flag. The remaining coordinates carry the identity.
An interval of length one is a leaf. Split every longer interval at its midpoint into consecutive children of lengths \(\lfloor n/2\rfloor \) and \(\lceil n/2\rceil \). Label each internal node by its actual joining cut. A consecutive interval partition records these nonempty child intervals and their single-site leaves.
For a blocking length \(k\), the blocked symmetry has applicable lengths
Its action is obtained by conjugating \(\mathcal S_{d,Nk}\) along the canonical identification \((\mathbb C^{d^k})^{\otimes N}\cong (\mathbb C^d)^{\otimes Nk}\).
A tensor \(A\) of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\) is in MPU canonical form if there are positive block dimensions \(D_k\), nonzero weights \(\mu _k\in \mathbb C\), tensors \(A_k\) of bond dimension \(D_k\), and a coisometry
such that \(\sum _k D_k=D\) and
Every \(A_k\) is irreducible and the spectral radius of its transfer map is one. The blocks may be periodic, so no uniqueness condition is imposed on their peripheral eigenvalues. This is the canonical form of [ 16 , lines 259–267 ] ; normal tensors form a strictly stronger class. The nonzero-weight and full-support conventions are recorded in [ 77 , 58 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor, and write \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}=d^{-1/2}\mathcal U\) and \(E=\mathcal E_{\widetilde{\mathcal U}}\). A canonical-form-II presentation of \(\mathcal U\) consists of the MPU condition, a literal CPSV canonical-form-II representation
The ambient fixed pair has \(\Phi =\mathbb {1}_D\) and positive coefficients \(\rho _0,\ldots ,\rho _{D-1}\). It satisfies
Thus the retained blocks have literal full support, and \(\rho \) is a positive diagonal trace-one right fixed point in the ambient bond coordinates. This is the standing convention of [ 16 , lines 269–281, 344–356, and 488–502 ] .
Let \(A\) have canonical-form-II data with retained weights \(\mu _k\), blocks \(A_k\), and positive definite diagonal fixed matrices \(\Lambda _k\). For every positive integer \(L\), the blocked tensor \(A^{[L]}\) has canonical-form-II data with weights \(\mu _k^L\), blocks \(A_k^{[L]}\), and the same matrices \(\Lambda _k\). The retained blocks remain left-canonical:
A bijective relabeling of the physical alphabet likewise preserves canonical-form-II data, including both the matrices \(\Lambda _k\) and the left-canonical identities.
Consequently, if the normalized flattening \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}\) of an MPO tensor has canonical-form-II data, then for every \(L{\gt}0\) the normalized flattening of \(\mathcal U^{[L]}\) has the data obtained by first blocking and then relabeling by \(\vartheta _L\) from Theorem 18.6.9. Theorem 18.6.10 preserves the left-canonical identity under both operations. For each retained block, Lemma D.4.9 gives
where (285) follows by iterating \(\mathcal{E}_{A_k}(\Lambda _k)=\Lambda _k\). Thus the same positive definite diagonal matrix is fixed after blocking. A physical bijection leaves the transfer map unchanged. The final construction applies these two operations to (279).
Choose injective placements of the local logical sites in the full logical register and of the local scratch sites in the common scratch pool. Their disjoint union places the entire local circuit, preserving the logical and scratch blocks.
A one-site interval output consists of a physical letter and two bond labels. Encode the two labels separately in their assigned registers, allowing width zero at an endpoint cut. Its initialized input contains only the physical letter, with both bond registers in zero.
For \(a\geq 1\), compute the prefix conjunction, change the phase by minus one when the final temporary coordinate is one, and undo the conjunction. Its gate budget is \(K(d,a)=8c_da^2+4a\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) have physical dimensions \(d_a\) and \(d_b\). They are coherently equivalent under a dimension-indexed symmetry family \(\mathcal S\) if they are MPUs and there are a positive blocking length \(k\) and coprime positive ancilla dimensions \(p_a,p_b\) with \(p_ad_a=p_bd_b\) such that \((\mathcal U^{(p_a)})_k\) and \((\mathcal V^{(p_b)})_k\) are strictly equivalent under the \(k\)-site blocking of the supplied enlarged-dimension symmetry. The family obeys the identity-ancilla semiconjugacy law, and its applicable blocked lengths are precisely the lengths \(N\) for which \(Nk\in A\). The ancillas are attached before the common blocking.
A coherent symmetry family supplies an action \(\mathcal S_{d,N}\) for every physical dimension \(d\), with one common set \(A\) of applicable lengths. For an ancilla dimension \(x\), let
where \(R_{d,x,N}\) is the canonical sitewise identification of the \(d\)-dimensional and \(x\)-dimensional configurations. Coherence means
Thus the action on the full enlarged operator algebra is supplied data; it is not obtained by extending its values on operators \(X\otimes I\).
Put \(q=\lceil \log _d D\rceil \). At each internal physical cut allocate two \(q\)-site bond registers and two amplification flags. The logical register consists of these sites and the physical chain. Append a scratch pool with as many sites as the logical auxiliary register. Consecutive indexing preserves the order physical sites, logical auxiliary sites, then scratch sites.
- MPUCircuit.bondRegisterWidth
- MPUCircuit.internalCutEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.BondRegisterSite
- MPUCircuit.AmplificationFlagSite
- MPUCircuit.AuxiliarySite
- MPUCircuit.LogicalSite
- MPUCircuit.GlobalSite
- MPUCircuit.auxiliarySiteCount
- MPUCircuit.logicalSiteCount
- MPUCircuit.globalSiteCount
- MPUCircuit.auxiliarySiteEquivFin
- MPUCircuit.logicalSiteEquivFin
- MPUCircuit.globalSiteEquivFin
- MPUCircuit.physicalSiteEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.bondSiteEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.amplificationFlagEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.auxiliarySiteEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.logicalSiteEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.scratchSiteEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.physicalLogicalSites
- MPUCircuit.auxiliaryLogicalSites
- MPUCircuit.logicalGlobalSites
- MPUCircuit.scratchGlobalSites
- MPUCircuit.bondRegisterEncoding
Encode the two joining bond labels using the given child bond encodings, followed by the dilation flag and one attenuation qudit. The logical bond dilation acts as the identity on every level of the attenuation qudit. The order of the two bond labels agrees with the vectorized joining contraction.
Append one padding qudit when \(N=1\), and none otherwise, to the physical register, logical auxiliaries, and reusable scratch pool. The physical basis inclusion initializes all three groups to zero.
For interval matrices \(A_{ab}:\mathbb C^s\to \mathbb C^r\), put
The first map is linear in \(P\). For prefix rows \(F_{ab}\), their density-weighted Gram is \(P_F(\rho )=\mathcal T_\rho (I)\), where the left virtual space is one dimensional.
Let the blocks be indexed by \(k\in \{ 0,\ldots ,r{-}1\} \), let \(n_k\) be their nonnegative dimensions, and put \(n=\sum _{k\in \{ 0,\ldots ,r{-}1\} }n_k\). The standard block-order bijection is
For each \(k\in \{ 0,\ldots ,r{-}1\} \), define \(J_k:\mathbb C^{n_k}\to \mathbb C^n\) by
For an MPO tensor \(\mathcal U\), let \(\mathcal W\) be the double-layer tensor obtained by placing the physical adjoint above \(\mathcal U\) and contracting the adjacent physical legs:
The bond space of \(\mathcal W\) is the product of the two original bond spaces. The physical adjoint exchanges and conjugates the physical indices without reversing the order of the virtual chain, exactly as in the barred upper layer of Figures II_Simple1.png and II_Simple2.png of [ 16 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) have bond dimension \(D\). The double-layer algebra \(\mathcal A\subseteq M_{D^2}(\mathbb C)\) is the not necessarily unital algebra generated by the double-layer letters \(W^{ij}\). It contains every \(W^{ij}\) and, as a linear combination of them, the normalized diagonal \(E\).
Write \(\pi _{m,n}:\{ 0,\ldots ,m{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,n{-}1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,mn{-}1\} \) for the standard product coordinate bijection. For natural numbers \(d,e\), the canonical doubled product-coordinate equivalence \(s_{d,e}:\{ 0,\ldots ,(de)^2{-}1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,d^2e^2{-}1\} \) and its inverse satisfy
Concatenate a spectator basis encoding with the two bond registers and their dilation and attenuation flags. Each flag is an entire physical qudit, with the two distinguished values zero and one. For a positive cut metric \(P\) of dimension \(r\), let \(M_P\) be its normalized bond-reset operator. For joint child columns \(V\), define the normalized parent by \(r(I\otimes M_P)V\) and encode its output with both flags zero. Define the joining cost by the actual dilation and attenuation costs, including their routing, followed by the two selected-zero reflections and the amplification rounds.
- MPUCircuit.appendBasisEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondFlagEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.oneSiteBasisEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.joiningChildBasisEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.joiningSuccessProjection
- MPUCircuit.mergingFlagSites
- MPUCircuit.mergingPreparationGateCount
- MPUCircuit.normalizedJoiningParent
- MPUCircuit.encodedJoiningParent
- MPUCircuit.encodedUniformMergingGateCount
Encode the label space of every internal cut in its common bond register, and encode a one-dimensional endpoint label space in the unique configuration of a zero-site register. In each case, the distinguished label zero is represented by physical zero.
For \(r\geq 0\), define
For a projection \(P\), put \(R_P=I-2P\). For two maps \(G,H\) with common input and output spaces, put
Let \(q:\{ 0,\ldots ,D{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,D{-}1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,D^2{-}1\} \) be the standard enumeration of a pair. For an MPO tensor \(\mathcal W\) and a doubled-virtual matrix \(E\in \mathbb C^{D^2\times D^2}\), define
If \(E(\mathcal W)\) denotes the normalized physical diagonal of the physical-adjoint double layer of \(\mathcal W\), let \(E'(\mathcal W)\) be the matrix obtained by exchanging the two entries of its column pair, \(E'(\mathcal W)_{p,q(c,a)}=E(\mathcal W)_{p,q(a,c)}\), and define
This is the contraction shown in Figure IV_index4.png of [ 16 , Proposition IV.5 ] .
If \(\mathcal U\) is an MPU and \(N{\gt}1\), then \(U_a^{(N)}\) is unitary and defines the star-algebra automorphism
The factor order is the one in [ 16 , lines 2300–2306 ] .
Let \(\Lambda \subseteq I_{a,N}\) and \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \). Set \(A_L=\iota _{\Lambda ,I_{a,N}}(A)\). For \(N{\gt}1\), the finite-chain term in [ 16 , lines 2300–2306 ] is the star-algebra map
No stabilization in \(N\) is asserted.
At physical dimension \(d\), a finite-chain operator symmetry \(\mathcal S\) specifies a set \(A\) of applicable chain lengths and, for every length \(N\), a map
An MPO tensor \(\mathcal W\) is invariant under \(\mathcal S\) if
for every \(N\in A\).
For \(a\in \mathbb Z\) and \(N\in \mathbb N\), let \(I_{a,N}=[a,a+N)\cap \mathbb Z\). The increasing bijection \(\{ 0,\ldots ,N-1\} \simeq I_{a,N}\) identifies the periodic configuration basis with \(\operatorname {Config}_d(I_{a,N})\). In this basis, write \(U_{a}^{(N)}\) for the matrix obtained by simultaneously reindexing the rows and columns of \(U^{(N)}\).
Let \(F_a:\mathbb C^r\to \mathbb C^B\) and \(G_c:\mathbb C^E\to \mathbb C^r\). Define \(U_{(a,c),(b,e)}=(F_aG_c)_{be}\) and
Let
be CPSV canonical-form data in ambient bond dimension \(D\), where every \(A_k\) has positive bond dimension \(D_k\). The data have full support when
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) have physical dimensions \(d,e\) and auxiliary dimensions \(D,E\), respectively. Their independent tensor product \(\mathcal U\boxtimes \mathcal V\) has dimensions \(de\) and \(DE\) and entries
A product-valued physical configuration splits sitewise into one configuration for \(\mathcal U\) and one for \(\mathcal V\).
For an injection of logical basis vectors into a larger basis, let \(J\) be its inclusion matrix. Appending an all-zero temporary register gives the zero-workspace inclusion as a special case.
Enumerate an interval’s logical support as its physical packet. Its input encoding records the physical input configuration and sets every auxiliary to zero. Its output encoding records its physical output, right bond label, and left bond label, using prescribed injective encodings in the two boundary registers and setting every strict-interior auxiliary to zero.
The auxiliaries initialized at an interval input are the auxiliary sites in its logical support, including both boundary bond registers. Enumerate any finite logical support by a finite site injection, using the fixed consecutive ordering of logical sites.
The support of an interval consists of its physical sites, all strictly interior bond and amplification sites, the inward-facing bond register at its left boundary, and the inward-facing bond register at its right boundary. Endpoint bond registers have width zero. The interior is initialized when every strictly interior auxiliary site is in its designated initial configuration. A leaf packet has one physical site and its two available boundary bond registers.
- MPUCircuit.intervalLogicalSupport
- MPUCircuit.joiningFlagSupport
- MPUCircuit.cutBondRegisterWidth
- MPUCircuit.cutBondSiteEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.LeafLogicalSite
- MPUCircuit.leafLogicalSiteEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.leafPacketSites
- MPUCircuit.intervalConsecutiveSupport
- MPUCircuit.intervalInteriorAuxiliarySupport
- MPUCircuit.joiningAuxiliarySupport
- MPUCircuit.IsIntervalInteriorInitialized
- MPUCircuit.leafConsecutiveSites
Decompose a complete logical configuration into its two disjoint child packets and its remaining sites. Concatenate prescribed input or output basis encodings on the child packets with a prescribed spectator encoding on the remaining sites.
View the two joining flags as sites outside both child packets. Initialize exactly these flags and retain arbitrary configurations on all other outside sites.
The left rank is
Choose a basis of each \(E_k\) indexed by \(r_k\) coordinates. The site matrix for a physical letter is the matrix of its slice \(E_{k+1}\to E_k\). Evaluation at a prefix configuration is a linear functional on \(E_k\). Padding the site matrices gives their products in a common matrix space, while their rectangular forms give an open-boundary chain of bond dimensions \(r_k\).
Let \(F_k\) evaluate the chosen cut basis on each prefix configuration, and let \(G_k\) contain the coordinates of each coefficient column in that basis.
For cuts \(j\leq k\), an interval configuration assigns physical letters to the sites \(j,\ldots ,k-1\). Fixing these letters restricts the column space at cut \(k\) to the column space at cut \(j\). In the chosen cut bases, denote this restriction by \(A_{j,k}\). Separating every physical letter into output and input letters gives the corresponding operator interval.
- MPSPreparation.CutIntervalConfig
- MPSPreparation.joinCutPrefix
- MPSPreparation.joinCutSuffix
- MPSPreparation.cutPrefixIntervalConfigEquiv
- MPSPreparation.cutIntervalSliceLinearMap
- MPSPreparation.cutIntervalSlice
- MPSPreparation.cutIntervalMatrix
- MPSPreparation.joinCutInterval
- MPUCircuit.minimalOperatorInterval
Identify the physical configurations of a single-site interval with its local physical alphabet. Reindex its weighted interval isometry so that the output coordinates are, in order, its physical output, its right bond label, and its left bond label.
For a chain of at least two sites, choose one qudit in the common workspace. Embed each leaf packet in its physical site and its two boundary bond registers, and place its workspace qudit in the chosen common site.
Separate the output and input configurations in the prefix and suffix matrices of the paired coefficient tensor. The resulting factors are operator-valued prefix rows and suffix columns.
For a coefficient tensor \(\psi \) on a finite chain, let \(C_k\) be its coefficient matrix with rows indexed by configurations before cut \(k\) and columns indexed by the remaining configurations. Put \(E_k=\operatorname {span}\{ \text{columns of }C_k\} \) and \(r_k=\operatorname {rank}C_k\). Fixing the letter at site \(k\) defines a coordinate slice from functions on the longer prefix to functions on the shorter prefix. The last-cut vector is \(\psi \) regarded as a function on the full prefix.
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientMatrix
- MPSPreparation.CutPrefixConfig
- MPSPreparation.CutSuffixConfig
- MPSPreparation.extendCutPrefix
- MPSPreparation.extendCutSuffix
- MPSPreparation.cutPrefixRestriction
- MPSPreparation.cutSuffixRestriction
- MPSPreparation.cutColumnSpace
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientRank
- MPSPreparation.cutSliceLinearMap
- MPSPreparation.cutSlice
- MPSPreparation.fullCutVector
Let \(w\) be the vectorization of the normalized balanced joining contraction. The bond reset sends this row functional to a specified pair of bond basis states. Its one-flag dilation is the two-copy dilation of that reset matrix.
For an MPO tensor \(U\) of physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\), its normalized flattening is the doubled-physical-index MPS tensor
This is the normalization used in the normal-tensor argument of [ 16 , Section III, equation (13) ] .
For a positive metric \(P\) on an \(r\)-dimensional bond, put \(S=\sqrt P\), \(T=\sqrt{P^{-1}/r}\) and \(C=r^{-1}T^{-1}S^{-1}\). Given weighted coefficients \(X_{ab}\) and \(Y_{cd}\) on adjacent intervals, their contracted coefficient is \(X_{ab}CY_{cd}\), vectorized over the two remaining virtual bonds.
Pair each output letter with its input letter, giving a coefficient tensor of local dimension \(d^2\). Splitting physical configurations at a cut and separating their output-input pairs are bijections. The resulting coefficient cut rank is the consecutive operator Schmidt rank.
For complex numbers \(c,s,x,y\), define
When the parameters are real, \(x,y\) represent the expectations of the two involutions in exterior density operators.
Given canonical-form-II data for \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}\), define the transformed tuple by
These data reconstruct \(\widetilde{\mathcal U^\sharp }\).
For \(U=FG\), its cut coefficient matrix groups output and input indices on each side: \(W_{(a,b),(e,f)}=(F_aG_e)_{bf}\). For a three-part factorization \(FAG\), the first and second cut matrices are those of \(F(AG)\) and \((FA)G\), respectively.
Let \(0\leq k\leq N\). Number the sites before cut \(k\) by \(0,\ldots ,k-1\), and number the sites after the cut by \(0,\ldots ,N-k-1\). The corresponding bijections to the actual sites are \(i\mapsto i\) and \(j\mapsto k+j\). They induce bijections between the numbered configurations and the configurations on the two subsets of physical sites.
On the flattened physical alphabet, define the involution
This acts on physical coordinates and is distinct from the doubled-bond exchange used in reflected transfer calculations.
For a bijection \(e\) between two physical index sets, the reindexed tensor and its action on length-\(N\) configurations are
Let \(\mathcal S_F=\{ P_F(\rho ):\rho \succeq 0, \operatorname {Tr}\rho =1\} \), and let \(\mathcal C_F\) be its real affine hull. The interval transfer is also an affine map over the real scalars.
Define
The columns of \(C_L,C_R\) are the left and right bond vectors, respectively. The matrix \(K\) gives the coefficients of their bilinear contraction.
For a square complex matrix \(P\) and a complex number \(z\), define
The displayed components are stacked vertically. For the interior map, their order is the lexicographic order of the two bond labels.
Let \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}=d^{-1/2}\mathcal U\) be the normalized flattening, and let \(E\) be its transfer matrix. A reduced full-support source datum for \(\mathcal U\), with physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\) and positive bond dimension, consists of an integer \(J{\gt}0\), a diagonal positive definite matrix \(\rho \) with \(\operatorname{tr}(\rho )=1\), and \((\Phi \rvert =\operatorname {vec}(\mathbb {1}_D)^{\mathsf T}\) such that
The one-dimensional case is supplied directly: if \(D=1\), take \(J=1\) and \(\rho =\mathbb {1}_1\) using Theorem 18.8.7. If \(D{\gt}1\), chosen canonical-form-II data with full support give a positive trace-one ambient fixed point with \(J=D^2-1\) by Theorem 18.8.5. Diagonality of this ambient fixed point is an additional hypothesis: the theorem gives a diagonal matrix in the unique block coordinates, but conjugation into the ambient coordinates need not preserve diagonality. For \(D{\gt}1\), this states the fixed-pair convention in [ 16 , equations labelled Erightleft and II_UTransfer, and proof of Proposition III.2(ii) ] . The \(D=1\) branch is the direct one-dimensional specialization. When \(\mathcal U\) is an MPU, Theorem 18.8.17 gives a canonical-form-II presentation of this same tensor whose ambient fixed matrix is the supplied \(\rho \); it makes no assertion about continuous choices along a path.
Let \(d,D{\gt}0\), and let \(U\) be an MPU tensor. Choose a reduced canonical-form-II representative \(U_{\mathrm{red}}\) with \(U_{\mathrm{red}}^{(N)}=U^{(N)}\) for every \(N{\gt}0\), and set
The definition does not identify the source-cut ranks of \(U\) itself with those of \(U_{\mathrm{red}}\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) have bond dimension \(D\). Contract the double layer against arbitrary physical matrices, subtract the normalized diagonal coefficient, and let \(\mathcal S\) be the resulting set of residual matrices in \(M_{D^2}(\mathbb C)\). The residual algebra \(\mathfrak S\) is the not necessarily unital algebra generated by \(\mathcal S\). This is the algebra generated by the matrices \(S'_\alpha \) in [ 16 , Proposition III.3(ii) ] .
For \(a\) data qudits, use \(a\) temporary qudits initialized in zero. At step \(j\), increment temporary coordinate \(j\) modulo \(d\) when data coordinate \(j\) is zero and either \(j=0\) or the preceding temporary coordinate is one. This is a reversible permutation on the full register. Put \(c_d=38(d^3)^6+1\); a step has gate budget \(4ac_d\) after routing.
- QuantumCircuit.zeroPrefixTest
- QuantumCircuit.zeroPrefixBit
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionPrev
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionIncrement
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionStep
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionPerm
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionState
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionStepSites
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionStepGateCount
The right rank is
Assume \(d{\gt}0\), and let \(T\) be the right-shift tensor. Starting from the displayed source factors for \(T\) with identity weight, rescale the first cut by
and leave \(X_2,Y_2,Z_2\) unchanged. Then these are supplied source factors for the trace-normalized scalar weight \(\rho _d=d^{-1}\mathbb {1}_d\) prescribed by CFII. In particular,
This gives the source-factor metric normalization of [ 16 , equations Erightleft, X1X2b, and YZ=1 ] for the right shift.
A prefix with scalar virtual bonds has physical matrix \(U_{ab}=F_{ab}(1,1)\). The empty prefix has one input, one output, and scalar coefficient one.
An injective choice of \(a\) sites in an \(n\)-site logical register defines the diagonal reflection with phase \(-1\) precisely when those sites are all zero. A common pool of \(A\geq a\) initialized scratch sites supplies its reversible conjunction circuit. Denote the zero-register gate bound by \(K_d(a)\).
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterSites
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterLogical
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterReflection
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterReflectionGateCount
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterPoolSites
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterReflectionPool
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterReflectionPoolGateCount
For a periodic chain of length \(N\), the configuration space consists of triples \(((\sigma _1,\sigma _2),a)\) of two physical configurations and one \(d\)-dimensional ancilla configuration.
Define
The sitewise physical swap is
Let \(R\) cyclically rotate configurations on the chain. The crossed swap is
The sitewise swap of the second species with the ancilla is
Let \(C\) be the permutation obtained by applying \(S^{1,a}_{+}\) first, then \(S^{1,2}\), and finally \(S^{2,a}\).
The right shift on \((\mathbb C^d)^{\otimes N}\) is
It has bond dimension \(d\) and local matrices \(A^{ij}=\lvert i\rangle \langle j\rvert \). The physical adjoint of \(A\) defines the left-shift tensor.
Canonical form II requires the positive right fixed point \(\rho \) to have trace one. If the virtual weight on the bond space of a single shift is chosen to be a scalar identity, this normalization forces
whenever \(d{\gt}0\). The same formula is defined at \(d=0\), although it then has trace zero. The tensors \(U_2\) and \(U_3\) have bond dimension \(d^2\), so the corresponding scalar trace-one matrix is
These are the scalar identity choices compatible with the source weight in [ 16 , equation labelled Y1Y1X1X1 ] . No transfer-map fixed-point equation is asserted here.
The supplied source-factor witnesses below instead use \(\rho _{\mathrm{aux}}=\mathbb {1}_d\) for each constituent shift and \(\rho _{\mathrm{aux}}=\mathbb {1}_{d^2}\) after tensoring. The paper gates computed from them carry reciprocal factors \(d\) and \(d^{-1}\) because these identity weights differ from \(\rho _d\) and \(\rho _{d^2}\) when \(d{\gt}1\).
The tensor \(\mathcal U\) is simple if there are vectors \(a,b\) in the double-layer bond space such that, for all physical indices \(i,j,k,\ell \),
Thus (11) closes one double-layer letter to the physical identity, while (12) inserts the rank-one operator \(|b)(a|\) between adjacent letters. These are precisely the two diagrams in [ 16 , Definition III.2 ] .
The matrix \(M_1\) is obtained by combining the upper physical index with the right auxiliary index, and the left auxiliary index with the lower physical index. Thus
Transporting the row and column indices along the standard product enumerations gives a matrix \(\widetilde M_1\) indexed by \(\{ 0,\ldots ,dD-1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,Dd-1\} \). Its entries are obtained by applying \(M_1\) to the inverse images of the enumerated indices, and
The matrix \(M_2\) is obtained by combining the left auxiliary index with the upper physical index, and the lower physical index with the right auxiliary index. Thus
Transporting the row and column indices along the standard product enumerations gives a matrix \(\widetilde M_2\) indexed by \(\{ 0,\ldots ,Dd-1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,dD-1\} \). Its entries are obtained by applying \(M_2\) to the inverse images of the enumerated indices, and
Let \(\mathcal U\) be simple and have a reduced full-support canonical-form-II presentation with positive diagonal fixed matrix \(\rho \). The two-site tensor \(\mathcal U_2\) has the supplied standard form with the source gates \(u,v\) and the source half factors \(X_1,X_2\). In particular,
The full-support restriction is recorded in [ 58 ] .
Choose compact singular-value decompositions
with intermediate dimensions \(r\) and \(\ell \), respectively. For \(\rho \in M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\), define the compressed positive metric
The inverse square root \(A^{-1/2}\), rather than \(A\) itself, is the normalization factor used in the first weighted source factor. This is the source-factor construction of [ 16 , Section III ] .
Given source-cut decompositions \(M_1=X_1Y_1\) and \(M_2=X_2Y_2\), define
Thus \(u:\mathbb {C}^{d^2}\to \mathbb {C}^{\ell r}\) has source order \(\ell \times r\), while \(v:\mathbb {C}^{r\ell }\to \mathbb {C}^{d^2}\) has source order \(r\times \ell \). These are the literal triangle contractions in [ 16 , Section III, equations uuvv–vdagger ] .
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.sourceU
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.sourceV
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.sourceU_apply
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.sourceV_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceFactors_sourceU
- MPOTensor.sourceFactors_sourceV
- MPOTensor.sourceU
- MPOTensor.sourceV
- MPOTensor.sourceU_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceV_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceU_conjTranspose_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceV_conjTranspose_apply
Put
with source-bond order \(r\times \ell \). Thus \(Y\) maps \((\mathbb {C}^D\otimes \mathbb {C}^d)\otimes (\mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^D)\) to \(\mathbb {C}^r\otimes \mathbb {C}^\ell \), and \(Z\) maps in the opposite direction. The regrouping of the open indices is
where \(\operatorname {flat}:\{ 0,\ldots ,D{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,D{-}1\} \simeq \{ 0,\ldots ,({-}1\} D^2)\) is the canonical product enumeration. The dressed source-\(v\) Gram equation is
These are the tensorized factors surrounding \(v^\dagger v\) in [ 16 , Theorem III.8, Section III.B, equations (31)–(32) ] .
The row space of \(M_1\) has product order \((\text{upper physical},\text{right auxiliary})\). For \(\rho \in M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\), define
This is the source weight in [ 16 , equation labelled Y1Y1X1X1 ] .
For a specified tensor \(\mathcal U\) whose right and left source-cut ranks \(r\) and \(\ell \) are positive, define
This definition makes no choice of a simple blocking.
Let \(d,D,\ell ,r\) be positive integers and let \(W\) be a two-site tensor of physical dimension \(d^2\) and bond dimension \(D\). A standard form with supplied gates consists of unitary maps
and half factors \(X_1,X_2\) such that
This is the open contraction underlying [ 16 , Definition III.9 ] . No unitary periodic operator is assumed for \(W\).
On every positive-length chain, the adjunction, transposition, and conjugation actions are \(U\mapsto U^\dagger \), \(U\mapsto U^{\mathsf T}\), and \(U\mapsto \overline U\), respectively. For a site consisting of two \(d\)-dimensional spins, let \(S_N=\mathbb S^{\otimes N}\) be their sitewise exchange. The swap-combined actions are \(U\mapsto S_NU^\dagger S_N\) and \(U\mapsto S_NU^{\mathsf T}S_N\). These are the symmetries of [ 16 , Sections IV.A–IV.C ] .
A blocked word of \(L\) product letters separates canonically into two blocked words:
The map decodes the length-\(L\) word, splits every letter into its \(d\) and \(e\) components, and re-encodes the two resulting words.
For four finite index sets, the source-cut shuffle sends
It is applied to the row and column products with the orders appropriate to \(M_1\) and \(M_2\).
Let \(E\) be the normalized diagonal after the first blocking and let \(\mathfrak S\) be its residual nonunital algebra. Define
This is the basis-independent sum of the three forms in equation sprimeforms of [ 16 , Proposition III.3(ii) ] .
For a prefix \(F\), middle interval \(A\), and suffix \(G\), define the longer prefix \(FA\) and longer suffix \(AG\) by ordinary contraction of their shared virtual indices. The resulting physical operator has coefficients \(F_{ab}A_{cd}G_{ef}\).
For compression spectral data \((x_i,\mu _i)\), define
For the compression defect blocks \((B_i)_i\), define
The index \(i\) ranges over every vector in the chosen compression eigenbasis, including repeated eigenvalues and the endpoint eigenvalues \(0\) and \(1\).
For orthogonal projections \(P\) and \(Q\) on a finite-dimensional complex inner-product space, let \((x_i)_i\) be an orthonormal eigenbasis of the compression of \(Q\) to \(\operatorname {ran}P\), with ordered real eigenvalues \((\mu _i)_i\).
Let \(N{\gt}0\). Write each physical output and input label as an ordered pair \(i_x=(i_{x,1},i_{x,2})\) and \(j_x=(j_{x,1},j_{x,2})\), and each intermediate label as \(h_x=(h_{x,1},h_{x,2})\in \{ 0,\ldots ,\ell -1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,r-1\} \). Indices \(x\) are taken modulo \(N\). Define the unshifted and shifted layer matrices by
The cyclic relabeling of pairs is \(h\mapsto \bigl((h_{x,2},h_{x+1,1})\bigr)_x\), with inverse \(q\mapsto \bigl((q_{x-1,2},q_{x,1})\bigr)_x\). The alphabet of the two-site tensor is identified with ordered pairs \((i_{x,1},i_{x,2})\). This is the ordering in [ 16 , Equation StandardForm ] .
Let \(W\) have supplied two-site standard-form data. Fix virtual indices \(\alpha ,\gamma \), exterior output half-sites \(e_-,e_+\), and exterior input pairs \(j_0,j_2\). For two neighboring output pairs \(a=(a_0,a_1)\), \(b=(b_0,b_1)\) and a middle input pair \(j\), set
For an observable \(A\) on the middle input pair, let \(C=uAu^{\dagger }\) and define the matrix on the two neighboring output pairs by
The link coordinates are ordered as \((r,\ell ,r,\ell )\). For arbitrary virtual matrices \(P,Q\) and complete-block word pairs \((\sigma ^{L},\tau ^{L})\) and \((\sigma ^{R},\tau ^{R})\), set
where \(W^{\sigma ,\tau }\) denotes word evaluation. These are finite contractions of [ 16 , Equations uuvv and StandardForm ] .
Put \(q=\lceil \log _dD\rceil \), let \(g\) be the complete register size, and let \(A\) be the common workspace size. A common packet budget is
Reserve an additional \(16g^2\) for coordinate permutations, and use \(M=M_0+16g^2\) as a common leaf and node overhead. The common reflection budget is \(F=1+K_d(A)\, 2g\), where \(K_d(a)=8(38d^{18}+1)a^2+4a\). Define the midpoint-tree count using leaf cost \(M\), joining cost \(M\), and two reflection costs \(F\). Finally put
Given an isometry \(V\), success projection \(P\) and real success amplitude \(0{\lt}p{\lt}1\), put
For a real coefficient \(t\), put \(s=\sqrt{1-t^2}\) and define
The two row blocks represent the two values of a new binary flag.
For an MPO tensor \(\mathcal U=(U^{ij})_{0\leq i,j{\lt}d}\) of bond dimension \(D\) and matrices \(A,B\in \mathbb C^{D\times D}\), define
Let \(\rho \in M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\) be positive definite and let compact decompositions of the two source cuts be given (any; the chosen ones of Definition 18.4.48 are one value). Define
These are the factors in [ 16 , Section III ] .
- MPOTensor.sourceX₁
- MPOTensor.sourceY₁
- MPOTensor.sourceZ₁
- MPOTensor.sourceX₂
- MPOTensor.sourceY₂
- MPOTensor.sourceZ₂
- MPOTensor.sourceX₁_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceY₁_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceZ₁_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceX₂_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceY₂_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceZ₂_apply
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors
- MPOTensor.sourceFactors
- MPOTensor.sourceFactorsOf
- MPOTensor.sourceGramOf
- MPOTensor.sourceX₁Of
- MPOTensor.sourceY₁Of
- MPOTensor.sourceZ₁Of
- MPOTensor.sourceX₂Of
- MPOTensor.sourceY₂Of
- MPOTensor.sourceZ₂Of
- MPOTensor.sourceFactors_eq_sourceFactorsOf
The MPV overlap between two tensors \(A\) (of bond dimension \(D_1\)) and \(B\) (of bond dimension \(D_2\)) at system size \(N\) is
Diagrammatically, the overlap contracts the MPV ring of \(A\) against the conjugate ring of \(B\) along their shared physical indices, both virtual rings closed by the trace:
This pairing is linear in the first MPV coefficient and conjugate-linear in the second. By Lemma 2.8.4, it is the complex conjugate of the Hilbert-space inner product from Definition 2.8.2.
A tensor \(A\) of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\) is a normal tensor if, after the spectral-radius normalization of [ 13 ] , (i) \(A\) admits no nontrivial invariant orthogonal projection and (ii) the associated CPM \(\mathcal{E}_A(X)=\sum _i A^iX(A^i)^\dagger \) has spectral radius \(r(\mathcal{E}_A)=1\) and peripheral spectrum \(\sigma _\partial (\mathcal{E}_A)=\{ 1\} \).
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and let \(\omega \colon \mathcal A\to \mathcal A\) be a star-algebra automorphism. The automorphism \(\omega \) is a one-dimensional quantum cellular automaton if it is translation covariant and has finite forward propagation. Thus there exists a finite set \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) such that, for every finite \(\Lambda \subset \mathbb Z\),
This is the definition at line 2298 of [ 16 ] . It imposes only the displayed forward propagation condition and makes no locality claim for \(\omega ^{-1}\).
For \(d{\gt}0\) and \(L{\gt}0\), forward blocking gives a star-algebra equivalence
This corresponds to the algebraic-local change of site grouping in [ 16 , lines 2308 and 2313–2320 ] .
Let \(L{\gt}0\). The compatible finite blocking maps induce a star-algebra homomorphism
In the reverse direction there is a star-algebra homomorphism
A representative on an arbitrary original region \(\Delta \) is included into \(\widehat{\operatorname {Hull}_L(\Delta )}_L\) before inverting the finite blocking.
The finite-region local algebras form a directed system under the maps \(\iota _{\Lambda ,\Gamma }\). Its algebraic direct limit is the algebraic local algebra
For every finite region \(\Lambda \), write \(\iota _\Lambda \colon \mathcal A_\Lambda \to \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\) for the canonical inclusion. Whenever \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \), these inclusions satisfy
This is the union \(\bigcup _{\Lambda \Subset \mathbb Z}\mathcal A_\Lambda \) in the Appendix of [ 16 ] . No norm completion is taken.
For \(d{\gt}0\), the local algebra with the operator norm is a normed complex star algebra. No completeness assertion is made.
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). If a local observable \(A\in \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\) is represented by \(A_\Lambda \in \mathcal A_\Lambda \) on a finite region \(\Lambda \), define its operator norm by
This definition is independent of the finite region and chosen representative, giving the norm completed in the Appendix of [ 16 ] to obtain the quasi-local algebra.
For every \(a\in \mathbb Z\), the homomorphism \(\tau _a\) is a star-algebra automorphism of \(\mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\), and on finite-region representatives
For \(a\in \mathbb Z\), finite-region translations induce a star-algebra homomorphism
determined on every finite-region representative by
Define the finite local image by
It is a star-subalgebra star-isomorphic to \(\mathcal A_\Lambda \). If \(\Lambda +\mathcal N=\Gamma \cup \Delta \) with \(\Gamma \cap \Delta =\varnothing \), then
is the bipartite matrix star-subalgebra to which the left and right support-algebra constructions apply. No support algebra is defined in this statement.
Let \(\Gamma ,\Delta \subset \mathbb Z\) be disjoint finite regions. Writing \(\mathcal C_\Gamma \) and \(\mathcal C_\Delta \) for their configuration spaces, restriction to the two regions gives
with the \(\Gamma \)-configuration first. Reindexing matrix rows and columns gives a star-algebra equivalence
For \(L{\gt}0\) and a finite original region \(\Delta \subset \mathbb Z\), define its block hull by
This is the finite set of length-\(L\) blocks that meet \(\Delta \).
Let \(d,L{\gt}0\), let \(\overline{\mathcal B}_L\colon \mathcal A^{(d^L)}\simeq \mathcal A^{(d)}\) be the quasi-local blocking equivalence, and let \(\omega \) be a star-algebra automorphism of \(\mathcal A^{(d)}\). The induced automorphism of the blocked chain is
Let \(L{\gt}0\) and let \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) be a finite original-lattice neighborhood. Write \(\widehat{\{ 0\} }_L=\{ 0,\ldots ,L-1\} \) for the sites in the reference block. Define the induced blocked-lattice neighborhood by
The full reference block is included because the block reached after a displacement can depend on the starting residue. This is the finite-region geometry implicit in the grouping of sites in [ 16 , lines 2308 and 2313–2320 ] .
Let \(d,L{\gt}0\) and let \(\mathcal B_L:\mathcal A_{d^L}\to \mathcal A_d\) be the site-blocking isomorphism. A continuous functional \(\omega \) on the blocked chain defines the original-lattice functional \(T_L\omega =\omega \circ \mathcal B_L^{-1}\). This is the state transport associated with the regrouping of sites in [ 225 , lines 825–836 ] .
Multiplication defines a unital star-algebra homomorphism
Compatible finite-local automorphism data determine a star-algebra equivalence
whose forward and inverse maps are \(f\) and \(g\), respectively.
For each finite region \(\Lambda \), let
be star-algebra homomorphisms such that, whenever \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \),
Let \(f,g\colon \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\to \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\) be the maps induced by these compatible families. Compatible finite-local automorphism data require
for every \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \).
The compatible families induce star-algebra homomorphisms
A compatible family of finite-region states consists of complex-linear functionals \(f_\Lambda \colon \mathcal A_\Lambda \to \mathbb {C}\), indexed by finite regions \(\Lambda \Subset \mathbb {Z}\), such that, for every inclusion \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \) and every \(X\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \),
For a finite neighborhood \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\), the forward family has support bound \(\mathcal N\) if
for every finite region \(\Lambda \) and every \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \).
Compatibility determines a complex-linear functional \(f_{\mathrm{loc}}\colon \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\to \mathbb {C}\) by \(f_{\mathrm{loc}}(\iota _\Lambda (X))=f_\Lambda (X)\). For \(d{\gt}0\), this functional is continuous in the operator-norm topology.
Let \(S\) and \(C\) be finite sets, let \(n=|C|{\gt}0\), and choose an equivalence \(e\colon C\simeq \mathbb Z/n\mathbb Z\) and a primitive \(n\)-th root of unity \(\zeta \). If \(W_{a,b}\) is the corresponding reindexed Weyl operator on \(\mathbb C^C\), define
For on-site dimension \(d\), configurations of \(d^L\)-level blocked spins on \(\Lambda \) are equivalent to configurations of \(d\)-level spins on \(\widehat\Lambda _L\). The blocked label at \(x\) is decoded into its ordered length-\(L\) word, and its \(r\)th letter is placed at \(Lx+r\).
Let \(L{\gt}0\) be a block length and let \(\Lambda \subset \mathbb Z\) be finite. The expansion of \(\Lambda \) is
Every \(z\in \widehat\Lambda _L\) has unique block coordinates \((x,r)\) with \(x\in \Lambda \) and \(0\leq r{\lt}L\). Increasing \(r\) gives the consecutive-site order within the block, matching the finite-region site grouping in [ 16 , lines 2308 and 2313–2320 ] .
Translation gives bijections
Their inverses translate sites and configurations by \(-a\).
Relabelling configurations defines a star-algebra equivalence
This is the finite-region translation associated with the lattice translation \(i\mapsto i+a\).
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and let \(\omega \colon \mathcal A\to \mathcal A\) be a star-algebra automorphism. The automorphism \(\omega \) has finite forward propagation if there exists a finite set \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) such that \(\omega \) propagates within \(\mathcal N\).
Let \(d{\gt}0\), let \(\omega \) be a star-algebra automorphism of \(\mathcal A^{(d)}\), and suppose that \(\omega \) propagates within the finite neighborhood \(\mathcal N\). For every finite region \(\Lambda \), define the finite-region restriction
to be the unique star-algebra homomorphism satisfying
Let \(d_1,d_2{\gt}0\) and let \(e:\mathcal A_{d_1}\to \mathcal A_{d_2}\) be a star-algebra isomorphism. The induced continuous complex-linear equivalence between functional spaces is \(T_e\omega =\omega \circ e^{-1}\); thus \((T_e\omega )(X)=\omega (e^{-1}X)\).
For submodules \(S\subseteq M_I(\mathbb C)\) and \(T\subseteq M_J(\mathbb C)\), define
This is the tensor-product subspace used below, rather than a conjunction of two one-sided containment conditions.
Let \(\mathcal A\subseteq M_{I\times J}(\mathbb C)\) be a star-subalgebra. Its set of left coefficients is
The left support algebra of \(\mathcal A\) is the star-subalgebra
generated by all left coefficients.
Fix a nonnegative integer \(d\). For a finite region \(\Lambda \subset \mathbb Z\), the configuration space and local observable algebra are
The algebra \(\mathcal A_\Lambda \) carries its operator norm. This is the finite-region construction used in the QCA appendix of [ 16 ] ; no completion is taken here.
Reindexing matrix rows and columns by the configuration blocking equivalence gives a star-algebra equivalence
This is the finite-region equivalence underlying the algebraic-local blocking construction below. No quasi-local completion, compatibility with translations, propagation statement, circuit representation, or transport of quantum cellular automata is asserted here.
If \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \) are finite regions, define
Here product configurations are identified with configurations on \(\Gamma \). This is a unital star-algebra homomorphism.
For \(x\in \mathbb Z\), set
The order \(L_x,P_x\) is the left–right factor order in equation RR2x of [ 203 , lines 1251–1266 ] . The same four-site localization occurs in [ 16 , lines 2313–2318 ] .
Let \(d{\gt}0\), let \(\omega \colon \mathcal A\to \mathcal A\) be a star-algebra automorphism, and let \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) be finite. The automorphism \(\omega \) propagates within \(\mathcal N\) if, for every finite region \(\Lambda \) and every \(x\in \mathcal A\),
For \(d{\gt}0\), the quasi-local observable algebra is the operator-norm completion
The involution on \(\mathcal A\) is the unique continuous extension of the involution on \(\mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\). It makes \(\mathcal A\) a complex C-star algebra, and the canonical star-algebra homomorphism
is the completion map.
For \(d{\gt}0\) and \(L{\gt}0\), site blocking extends uniquely by continuity to a star-algebra equivalence
This completes the change of site grouping used in [ 16 , lines 2308 and 2313–2320 ] .
For \(d{\gt}0\), a quasi-local observable \(x\in \mathcal A\) is supported in a finite region \(\Lambda \subset \mathbb Z\) if it belongs to the image of the canonical embedding \(j_\Lambda \colon \mathcal A_\Lambda \to \mathcal A\). Equivalently,
In particular, \(j_\Lambda (A)\) is supported in \(\Lambda \) for every \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \).
For \(d{\gt}0\) and every \(a\in \mathbb Z\), algebraic-local translation extends to a star-algebra automorphism
of the quasi-local algebra. On the dense algebraic-local subalgebra and on finite-region observables it satisfies
For finite regions \(\Lambda ,\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\), define their sumset by
Hence \(j\in \Lambda +\mathcal N\) exactly when \(j=i+a\) for some \(i\in \Lambda \) and \(a\in \mathcal N\). The sumset is monotone in both arguments, and the singleton \(\{ 0\} \) is an identity. A singleton displacement recovers translation,
Sumsets are associative:
These identities support composition of propagation bounds. This is the finite region \(\Lambda +\mathcal N\) in the propagation condition of the QCA appendix of [ 16 ] .
Let \(\mathcal A\subseteq M_{I\times J}(\mathbb C)\) be a star-subalgebra. Its set of right coefficients is
The right support algebra of \(\mathcal A\) is the star-subalgebra
generated by all right coefficients.
Let \(\omega \) be a star-algebra automorphism of the homogeneous quasi-local algebra which propagates within \(\{ -1,0,1\} \). Write the finite image of \(\mathcal A_{E_x}\) in the ordered \(L_x\times P_x\) coordinates as
Define
After the canonical finite-region embeddings, these form one family of star-subalgebras of the quasi-local algebra. Here the matrix embedding is the composition
Under this identification, the canonical local inclusion in [ 16 , lines 2292–2298 ] is exactly the displayed composition. Formula (1087) is equation RR2x in [ 203 , lines 1261–1266 ] . Cirac et al. use the homogeneous even factor in [ 16 , lines 2322–2328 ] ; the odd factor and unified family are supplied by the GNVW construction.
While GNVW allow the cell size \(d(y)\) to depend on \(y\), the present definition treats a homogeneous chain with fixed size \(d\); see [ 64 ] .
- SpinChain.matrixToQuasiLocalObservable
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.evenPairLocalImage
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.evenSupportAlgebra
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.oddSupportAlgebra
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedEvenSupportAlgebra
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedOddSupportAlgebra
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedSupportAlgebra
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedSupportAlgebra_even
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedSupportAlgebra_odd
Let \(d{\gt}0\), and let \(\mathcal A_d\) denote the quasi-local observable algebra. Its state space consists of all continuous complex-linear functionals \(\omega \) such that \(\| \omega \| =1\), \(\omega (I)=1\), and \(\omega (X^*X)\ge 0\) for every \(X\in \mathcal A_d\). A state is pure if it is an extreme point of this set, viewed as a real convex set. Translation invariance is not required of these functionals. These are the state and purity conventions in [ 225 , Section 1 and Section 3 ] .
For a star-algebra automorphism \(\omega \) of the quasi-local algebra propagating within \(\{ -1,0,1\} \), define
Each \(\widehat{\mathcal R}_y\) is contained in \(G\). This is the algebraic join associated with the algebra generated by all \(\mathcal R_y\) in [ 203 , lines 1276–1279 ] . No claim that \(G\) is proper or that it fails to be norm closed is made here.
Define \(Q_{2x}=L_x\) and \(Q_{2x+1}=P_x\).
For a finite region \(\Lambda \subset \mathbb Z\) and \(a\in \mathbb Z\), define
Thus
If \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \), then \(\Lambda +a\subseteq \Gamma +a\).
For \(d{\gt}0\), a star-algebra automorphism \(\omega \) of the quasi-local algebra \(\mathcal A\) is translation covariant if
for every \(a\in \mathbb Z\). This is the covariance condition in the definition of a one-dimensional QCA [ 16 , line 2298 ] .
For pairwise disjoint finite regions \(\Lambda ,\Gamma ,\Delta \), successive restriction in left–middle–right order gives
Two canonical-form tensors \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) are strictly equivalent under a symmetry \(\mathcal S\) if they have the same physical dimension and, for some common bond dimension \(D'\) as in Definition 18.9.67, there is a continuous path \(\mathcal W(p)\) of MPU tensors of bond dimension \(D'\) from \(\mathcal U_{\uparrow D'}\) to \(\mathcal V_{\uparrow D'}\), not necessarily in canonical form, such that
for every \(p\in [0,1]\) and every applicable chain length \(N\). When \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) have one bond dimension \(D\), such a path of bond dimension \(D\) from \(\mathcal U\) to \(\mathcal V\) witnesses the relation with \(D'=D\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be canonical-form MPU tensors with physical dimensions \(d_a\) and \(d_b\) and virtual bond dimensions \(D_a\) and \(D_b\). For a tensor \(\mathcal U\) of bond dimension \(D\) and \(D'\geq D\), write \(\mathcal U_{\uparrow D'}\) for the tensor of bond dimension \(D'\) whose letters are those of \(\mathcal U\) in the upper left \(D\times D\) corner and zero on the adjoined directions; adjoining unused bond directions changes no periodic operator of positive length. Given an equality \(h\colon d_a=d_b\), reindex \(\mathcal U\) from \(d_a\) to \(d_b\) along \(h^{-1}\). The tensors are strictly equivalent with respect to \(h\) if there are \(D'\geq \max (D_a,D_b)\) and a continuous path \(\mathcal W(p)\), \(p\in [0,1]\), of MPU tensors of bond dimension \(D'\) such that
Only the canonical-form requirement is relaxed along the path [ 16 , lines 708–714 ] . When \(D_a=D_b=D\), a path of MPU tensors of bond dimension \(D\) from \(\mathcal U\) to \(\mathcal V\) witnesses strict equivalence with \(D'=D\).
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). Equip \(U_1\) with the tensor product of the two bond-one identity source factorizations. Equip \(U_2\) with the tensor product of the left-shift and right-shift source factorizations, in that order, and equip \(U_3\) with the tensor product in the reverse order. In all three cases the virtual weight is the identity. These are explicit supplied source-factor witnesses; no identification with an arbitrary compact singular-value decomposition is asserted.
- MPOTensor.identitySourceFactors
- MPOTensor.rightShiftSourceFactors
- MPOTensor.leftShiftSourceFactors
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.independentTensorProductOfIdentityWeight
- MPOTensor.identityTensorIdentityMatrix
- MPOTensor.identityTensorIdentityMatrix_apply
- MPOTensor.swapTensorSwapMatrix_mul_identitySwapIdentityMatrix_apply
- MPOTensor.identitySwapIdentityMatrix_mul_swapTensorSwapMatrix_apply
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₁LeftRankEquiv
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₁RightRankEquiv
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂LeftRankEquiv
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂RightRankEquiv
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃RightRankEquiv_apply
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₁SourceFactors
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂SourceFactors
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃SourceFactors
The transfer map associated to a tensor \(A\) is the linear map \(\mathcal{E}_A : M_{D}(\mathbb {C}) \to M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\) defined by
Diagrammatically, the transfer map is the double-layer contraction
in which the upper node denotes \(A\), the lower node denotes \(A^\dagger \), and the physical index is summed over between them.
For a time-reversal-invariant MPU in standard form, the sign \(\sigma \) of Proposition 18.9.1.19 is
where \(\mathbb S_{12,34}\) exchanges the pairs of sites \(12\) and \(34\).
Let \(u_+=v_+=\mathbb {1}_{r\ell }\) and \(u_-=v_-=\operatorname {diag}(-1,1,\ldots ,1)\). If at least one of \(r\) and \(\ell \) is odd, \((u_+,v_+)\) and \((u_+,v_-)\) realize the two classes of Theorem 18.9.2.15. If both are even, the four pairs \((u_\pm ,v_\pm )\) realize the four Case I classes. Multiplying by the matrix \(R\) of Corollary 18.9.1.17 realizes the four Case II classes.
The standard forms
realize, respectively,
Assume the standard-form tensors displayed below carry reduced full-support source data and that the comparison paths used to classify them carry admissible path data of blocking length one. Let
If at least one of \(r\) and \(\ell \) is odd, the pairs \((u_+,v_+)\) and \((u_+,v_-)\) represent the two classes of Theorem 18.9.2.16. If \(r\) and \(\ell \) are both even, the four pairs \((u_\pm ,v_\pm )\) represent the four Case I classes of Theorem 18.9.2.22. With
the four pairs \((u'_\pm ,v'_\pm )\) represent the four Case II classes.
The literal normalized tensor printed below is not an MPU, by Theorem 18.9.3.3. The classification below evaluates the supplied tensor data under [ 180 ] . Suppose the CZX tensors \(\mathcal U\), \(\mathcal U_2\), and \(\mathcal U_4\), together with the physical-adjoint comparison tensors \(\mathcal U_2^\sharp \) and \(\mathcal U_4^\sharp \), are simple and each carries its own reduced full-support source datum. The CZX MPU of Chen, Liu and Wen [ 11 ] (see also [ 16 , lines 1906–1943 ] ) is defined by
Its tensor is
It has \(\sigma ^{(1)}=\sigma ^{(2)}=-1\).
For each displayed example, suppose the tensors \(\mathcal U\), \(\mathcal U_2\), and \(\mathcal U_4\), together with the physical-adjoint comparison tensors \(\mathcal U_2^\sharp \) and \(\mathcal U_4^\sharp \), are simple and each carries its own reduced full-support source datum. The standard forms
realize, respectively,
The literal normalized tensor printed below is not an MPU, by Theorem 18.9.3.3. The following is the source classification claim, not an assertion of unitarity for that literal tensor; its normalization and comparison with the Z-decorated tensor are discussed in [ 180 ] . The CZX MPU of Chen, Liu and Wen [ 11 ] (see also [ 16 , lines 1906–1943 ] ) is defined by
where \(CZ=\operatorname {diag}(1,1,1,-1)\). Let
be the Hadamard matrix. The corresponding tensor is
It has \(\sigma ^{(1)}=\sigma ^{(2)}=-1\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be simple tensors written in standard form, with source unitaries \((u_{\mathcal U},v_{\mathcal U})\) and \((u_{\mathcal V},v_{\mathcal V})\). They generate the same MPU for every \(N\),
if and only if their standard forms are related by the local unitary gauges of [ 16 , Eqns. (SFuu) and (SFvv) ] : there are unitaries \(x\), \(y\), and \(z\) on the three corresponding source and canonical-form-II legs. In particular, the source unitaries obey the local relation
while the two canonical-form-II tensors are related on their virtual leg by \(z\) and on their source legs by \(x\) and \(y\). This records the source’s unblocked all-length wording. Its converse has the odd-length parity obstruction of Theorem 18.9.38; the blocked-family interpretation is distinguished in [ 157 ] . The correct form of this theorem is Theorem 18.9.33 together with Theorems 18.9.34 and 18.9.35: equality of the operators at every length is equivalent to a unitary conjugation of the letters, the gate relations follow from it, and the gate relations give equality of the operators on rings of even length only.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a tensor in canonical form generating matrix product unitaries. The source index is independent of the chosen simple blocking. More precisely, if \(k\geq k_0\geq 1\) and \(\mathcal U_{k_0}\) is simple, then \(\mathcal U_k\) is simple and
This is [ 16 , Proposition IV.2 ] for a tensor in canonical form, the hypothesis under which the source defines the index.
For MPU tensors under the source’s standing canonical-form convention, take the index defined from any simple blocking. This index has the following properties.
It is invariant under blocking.
It is additive under tensor products and composition.
It is constant under continuous deformations through MPU tensors.
Two MPU tensors have the same index if and only if they are equivalent.
This is the unrestricted statement of [ 16 , Theorem IV.6 ] .
Let \((A_i)_{i\in I}\) span \(M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\), and let \(C:\mathbb {C}^{m_2}\otimes \mathbb {C}^D\longrightarrow \mathbb {C}^{m_1}\otimes \mathbb {C}^D\) satisfy, for every \(i\in I\),
Then there is a matrix \(F:\mathbb {C}^{m_2}\to \mathbb {C}^{m_1}\) such that \(C=F\otimes \mathbb {1}_D\).
Let \(A\) be left-canonical, tensor-irreducible, and have primitive transfer map. Then \(A\) has primitive fixed-point data \((\rho ,P_\rho ,N)\) with \(\rho {\gt}0\) and \(N^n\to 0\). For every blocking length \(P\), the tensor \(A^{[P]}\) is left-canonical, its transfer map is \(\mathcal{E}_A^P\), and \(\rho \) is fixed by this blocked map. For every \(n\ge 1\),
Finally, a channel with a positive-definite fixed point whose positive semidefinite fixed points are all proportional is irreducible as a map; irreducibility of a transfer map implies tensor irreducibility.
Two MPUs described by simple tensors are strictly equivalent under \(\mathcal S\) if and only if their standard-form unitaries are joined by continuous families \(\widetilde u(p)\) and \(\widetilde v(p)\) whose generated MPU is invariant under \(\mathcal S\) for every \(p\in [0,1]\).
If \(w = (J_1, \ldots , J_m)\) is a word in the blocked alphabet, where each \(J_k\) is an \(L\)-tuple in \(\{ 0, \ldots , d{-}1\} ^L\), then concatenating the block words gives a word \(\widetilde{w}\) of length \(mL\) in the original alphabet and \((A^{[L]})^w = A^{\widetilde{w}}\).
Let \(B\) be an irreducible MPS tensor of positive bond dimension with \(\mathcal{E}_B(\rho )=r\rho \) for some \(\rho {\gt}0\) and \(r{\gt}0\), and suppose every eigenvalue of \(\mathcal{E}_B\) of modulus \(r\) equals \(r\). Then \(r^{-1/2}B\) is a normal tensor.
Let \(A\) and \(B\) be left-canonical irreducible tensors of common positive bond dimension satisfying \(B^i=\zeta XA^iX^{-1}\) for an invertible \(X\) and a nonzero scalar \(\zeta \). There is a unitary matrix \(U\), with the same scalar \(\zeta \), such that \(|\zeta |=1\) and \(B^i=\zeta UA^iU^\dagger \) for every \(i\).
Let \(E_k:H_k\to \bigoplus _lH_l\) be the canonical inclusion and let \(B=\bigoplus _lB_l\). For distinct \(k\) and \(\ell \), the corresponding inclusions have orthogonal ranges. The identities are
In particular, \(B\) commutes with the range projection \(E_kE_k^\dagger \).
- Matrix.sigmaBlockInclusion
- Matrix.sigmaBlockInclusion_isometry
- Matrix.sigmaBlockInclusion_conjTranspose_mul_of_ne
- Matrix.blockDiagonal'_mul_sigmaBlockInclusion
- Matrix.sigmaBlockInclusion_conjTranspose_mul_blockDiagonal'
- Matrix.sigmaBlockInclusion_compression
- Matrix.blockDiagonal'_eq_sum_sigmaBlockInclusion
- Matrix.blockDiagonal'_commute_sigmaBlockInclusion_rangeProjection
For matrices \(A,B\in \mathbb C^{n\times n}\) and the exchange matrix \(\mathbb S\) on \(\mathbb C^n\otimes \mathbb C^n\),
In particular, if \(U\) is unitary, then
Let a chain consist of a prefix of \(p\) sites, \(m\) complete blocks of length \(L\), and a suffix of \(s\) sites. Write \(M^{\alpha ,\beta }\) for the ordered product of matrices indexed by two equally long physical words, and write \(\widetilde\sigma ,\widetilde\tau \) for the concatenations of blocked words \(\sigma ,\tau \). Then, for matching row and column configurations,
This identity retains both residual products, including when the chain length is not divisible by \(L\). It extends the closed-chain blocking identity used in [ 13 , Appendix C.4, lines 1952–2017 ] .
For ket and bra configurations \(\sigma ,\tau \), \(V^{(N)}(\widehat M)_{(\sigma ,\tau )} =H^{(N)}(M)_{\sigma ,\tau }\). If \(p_0=(a,b)\) is the first doubled index and \(\sigma ',\tau '\) are the ket and bra configurations on the remaining \(N\) sites, contraction with \(Y_L\), \(Y_R\), and \(Y_C\) gives, respectively,
Under the hypotheses of Lemma 18.9.2.29, let \(x\) and \(y\) be unitaries and change the standard-form gauge by
Then the trace formula has the same value for \((u',v')\) as for \((u,v)\). Consequently the sign \(\sigma \) is independent of the standard-form gauge.
For a time-reversal-invariant MPU in the standard form determined by its supplied source datum, suppose its one-site tensor \(\mathcal U\), its actual two-site block \(\mathcal U_2\), and the physical-adjoint comparison tensor \(\mathcal U_2^\sharp \) are simple and each carries its own reduced full-support source datum. Then the sign \(\sigma \) in Proposition 18.9.1.20 is
where \(\mathbb S_{12,34}\) exchanges the pairs of sites \(12\) and \(34\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU tensor with physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\). Let \(W\) be its double layer, put \(E=d^{-1}\sum _iW^{ii}\), and let \(\rho {\gt}0\) be diagonal. Put \((\Phi \rvert =\operatorname {vec}(\mathbb {1}_D)^{\mathsf T}\) and suppose that for some \(K\geq 0\),
Let \(r\) and \(\ell \) be the source-cut ranks, and construct the compact-SVD source factors and \(u\) from \(\mathcal U\) using \(\rho \). Then
Thus the compact-SVD paper gate is an isometry. This is the supplied-fixed-pair version of [ 16 , Lemma III.7 ] .
Fix one of the three symmetry comparisons and let \(p\mapsto \mathcal W(p)\) be the actual source-constructed interpolation used in that comparison. Suppose it carries an admissible symmetry-path datum of blocking length one. Thus the path \(\mathcal W(p)\) and the four fixed comparison paths \(\overline{\mathcal W(p)}\), \(\mathcal W(p)^\sharp \), \(\mathcal W(p)^{\mathsf T}\), and \(\mathcal S[\mathcal W(p)]\) are simple and carry continuously varying reduced full-support source data. Suppose also that every one- and two-site endpoint tensor used in the local comparison carries its own datum. Then \(U_i^{(N)}\) and \(U_j^{(N)}\) are in the same admissible phase under time reversal combined with the local swap, transposition combined with the local swap, or conjugation if and only if the corresponding \(\widetilde U_i^{(N)}\) and \(\widetilde U_j^{(N)}\) are in the same admissible phase under time reversal, transposition, or conjugation, respectively.
Fix a positive integer \(m\leq D^4\). The actual \(m\)-site blocked endpoint MPUs \(U_1^{(mN)}\) and \(U_2^{(mN)}\) are admissibly strictly equivalent under \(\mathcal S\) if and only if there are continuous families of unitaries \(\widetilde u(p)\) and \(\widetilde v(p)\) whose endpoints generate \(U_1^{(mN)}\) and \(U_2^{(mN)}\), whose generated MPU is invariant under \(\mathcal S\) for every \(p\in [0,1]\), and whose tensor path and fixed conjugate, physical-adjoint, transposed, and \(\mathcal S\)-image comparison paths carry continuously varying reduced full-support source data. These families arise from the actual blocked path \(\mathcal W(p)_m\) in an admissible equivalence datum of common length \(m\); the blocked path itself is the length-one admissible witness for the displayed endpoint families, corresponding to [ 16 , Lemma following the symmetry-equivalence definitions ] .
Suppose that \(\mathcal U\) generates matrix product unitaries. For every positive integer \(L\), the tensor \(\mathcal U^{[L]}\) obtained by blocking \(L\) adjacent sites also generates matrix product unitaries. This is the blocking operation of [ 16 , Definition II.5 and equation (9) ] ; preservation of the MPU property under blocking is used in the proof of [ 16 , Proposition III.3 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U_1,\mathcal U_2\) be MPU tensors with positive physical and bond dimensions, which may differ between the tensors. There is a length \(k{\gt}0\) for which both direct length-\(k\) blockings are simple. The same conclusion holds for three such tensors \(\mathcal U_1,\mathcal U_2, \mathcal U_3\), with one common length \(k\). This is a finite-family consequence of [ 16 , Proposition III.3 ] , not an additional hypothesis on the tensors.
Let \(W_{\mathcal U}\) and \(W_{\mathcal V}\) be the double layers of \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\). Identify the double-layer bond space of \(\mathcal U\boxtimes \mathcal V\) with the tensor product of the two double-layer bond spaces by \(((\alpha ,\gamma ),(\alpha ',\gamma '))\mapsto ((\alpha ,\alpha '),(\gamma ,\gamma '))\). Under this identification,
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be arbitrary matrix product operator tensors of common physical dimension \(d\). For their product tensor, four-site blocking satisfies
No unitarity or simplicity assumption is required.
Let \(\mathcal W\) generate the composition of the MPUs generated by \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U'\). Under the source’s standing canonical-form convention,
This is the unrestricted composition statement in [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] .
For MPU tensors under the source’s standing canonical-form convention,
This is the unrestricted tensor-product statement in [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] .
Let \(e\) be the canonical bijection which groups a word of length \(mn\) into \(n\) consecutive words of length \(m\). Iterating blocking at lengths \(m\) and \(n\), then applying this physical reindexing, agrees with direct blocking at length \(mn\):
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be MPO tensors with the same positive physical dimension \(d\), and let
be their composition tensor. Under the canonical identification of its auxiliary space with \(\mathbb {C}^{D_U}\otimes \mathbb {C}^{D_V}\), the normalized flattenings satisfy
This identity combines the raw composition tensor used in the proof of [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] with the normalization in [ 16 , Section III, equation (13) ] ; it is not a separately stated result of that proof.
Let \(U\) be any MPO tensor, let \(k,p,m,s\in \mathbb N\), and write \(W=(U^{[k]})_2\). For a word \(\sigma \) of \(m\) blocks of length \(2k\), let \(\eta \sigma \) relabel each block as two consecutive words of length \(k\); use the same convention for \(\tau \). If \(i^-,j^-\) are words of length \(p\) and \(i^+,j^+\) are words of length \(s\), then
Both residual products remain present, including when \(m=0\); no unitarity, canonical form, or divisibility of the total length is assumed.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a matrix product operator tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). For arbitrary matrices \(A\in \mathbb C^{E\times D}\) and \(B\in \mathbb C^{D\times E}\), put \(\mathcal V^{ij}=A\mathcal U^{ij}B\). Then
In particular, a rectangular reduction cannot increase either source rank. No equality of ranks is asserted, and no unitarity, simplicity, or canonical-form assumption is needed. If \(\mathcal V\) is a rectangular reduction of \(\mathcal U\), then for every common blocking length \(L\),
These identities follow directly from the source cuts of [ 16 , Section III, definition of \(r,\ell \) ] and permit upper bounds for composition to pass to a reduced representative.
- MPOTensor.sourceCutM₁_rectangularSandwich
- MPOTensor.sourceCutM₂_rectangularSandwich
- MPOTensor.rightRank_rectangularSandwich_le
- MPOTensor.leftRank_rectangularSandwich_le
- MPOTensor.eq_rectangularSandwich_of_isReduction
- MPOTensor.rightRank_le_of_isReduction
- MPOTensor.leftRank_le_of_isReduction
- MPOTensor.isReduction_blockTensor
- MPOTensor.rightRank_blockTensor_le_of_isReduction
- MPOTensor.leftRank_blockTensor_le_of_isReduction
Let \(u,v\in \operatorname {End}(\mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d)\) and let \(x,y\in U(d)\). Set
The four-site trace is unchanged:
In particular, the trace expression in (18.9.2.28) is invariant under the standard-form gauge.
Let \(x\) be a unitary matrix with \(x^T=-x\). There are a symmetric unitary matrix \(S\) and a real skew-symmetric unitary matrix \(\widetilde\Lambda \) with \(\det \widetilde\Lambda =1\) such that
This is the skew branch of [ 16 , Lemma lemma:conjclass-normalform-continuous ] .
Let \(K\) and \(I\) be finite sets, let \(E_k\in \mathbb R\) for \(k\in K\), and let \(P_k\) be Hermitian projectors on \(\mathbb C^I\). Suppose that the family \(\{ P_k,P_k^T\} _{k\in K}\) consists of mutually orthogonal projectors and sums to the identity. Define
Then the matrices
and
are unitary, \(S^T=S\), \(\overline{\widetilde\Lambda }=\widetilde\Lambda \), \(\widetilde\Lambda ^T=-\widetilde\Lambda \), \(\det \widetilde\Lambda =1\), and
This is the paired-projector construction in the skew branch of [ 16 , Lemma lemma:conjclass-normalform-continuous ] .
Let \(x\) be a unitary matrix with \(x^T=-x\). There are a finite set \(K\), Hermitian projectors \(P_k\) and numbers \(E_k\in [0,\pi )\), for \(k\in K\), such that the family \(\{ P_k,P_k^T\} _{k\in K}\) consists of mutually orthogonal projectors summing to the identity, and
This is the spectral decomposition in the skew branch of [ 16 , Lemma lemma:conjclass-normalform-continuous ] .
Let \(Y=\begin{pmatrix} 0 & 1 \\ -1 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\) and \(R=\frac{1-i}{2}[\mathbb {1}_4+i(Y\otimes Y)]\), with the two tensor factors in that order. Then
Let \(x\) be a normal complex matrix with finite spectrum \(\sigma (x)\), and for \(\mu \in \mathbb C\) let \(P_\mu \) be the spectral projector of \(x\) at \(\mu \), that is, the indicator function of the point \(\mu \) applied to \(x\). Then each \(P_\mu \) is Hermitian,
If moreover \(x^T=-x\), then
This is the pairing of \(P_E\) with \(P_E^T\) in the skew branch of [ 16 , Lemma lemma:conjclass-normalform-continuous ] .
Let square complex matrices \(E,F\) satisfy \(E^\dagger E+F^\dagger F=EE^\dagger +FF^\dagger =I\). There are unitaries \(L,R\) and diagonal matrices \(D_E,D_F\) with \(E=LD_ER\) and \(F=LD_FR\).
Let \(U\) be a bipartite unitary of operator Schmidt rank two. After possibly interchanging the factors, there are unitaries \(A_0,A_1\) and matrices \(B_0,B_1\) such that \(U=A_0\otimes B_0+A_1\otimes B_1\). The matrices \(B_\pm =B_0\pm B_1\) are unitary, and \(R=B_+^\dagger B_-\) is a Hermitian involution. The \(A_s\) belong to the first Schmidt space of \(U\) and the \(B_\pm \) to the second.
Replace the open word in \(F_{\alpha ,\gamma }\) by its virtual trace with arbitrary matrices \(P,Q\) at the left and right ends. The resulting matrix \(F_{P,Q}\) obeys
The same conclusion holds when \(P\) and \(Q\) are the matrix products of arbitrary complete-block prefix and suffix words, respectively. Their physical row and column words remain explicit and may have different lengths on the two sides of the three-block window.
For every supplied two-site standard form and every observable \(A\) on the middle input pair,
for every choice of \(\alpha ,\gamma ,e_-,e_+,j_0,j_2\). In particular, neither virtual end is closed in this identity, and \(B(A)\) acts only on the four output half-sites forming the two neighboring pairs.
Let \(W=(U^{[k]})_2\) have supplied two-site standard-form data. For arbitrary original-site prefix and suffix word pairs, put \(P=U^{i^-,j^-}\) and \(Q=U^{i^+,j^+}\). The three-block coefficient contracted against these end matrices satisfies
Thus the local observable on the two neighboring output pairs is independent of both residual words.
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and \(L{\gt}0\). The equivalence agrees with the forward lift, and its inverse agrees with the block-hull unblocking map. For \(A\in \mathcal A^{(d^L)}_\Lambda \) and \(C\in \mathcal A^{(d)}_\Delta \),
In particular, if \(C\in \mathcal A^{(d)}_{\widehat\Lambda _L}\), then
The forward and inverse maps are operator-norm isometries. In particular, each preserves the norm.
- SpinChain.algebraicLocalBlocking_apply
- SpinChain.algebraicLocalBlocking_localObservable
- SpinChain.algebraicLocalBlocking_symm_apply
- SpinChain.algebraicLocalBlocking_symm_localObservable
- SpinChain.algebraicLocalBlocking_symm_localObservable_expandedRegion
- SpinChain.algebraicLocalBlocking_norm
- SpinChain.algebraicLocalBlocking_isometry
- SpinChain.algebraicLocalBlocking_symm_isometry
Let \(L{\gt}0\). The forward map applies finite blocking to a representative on \(\Lambda \) and regards the result as supported on \(\widehat\Lambda _L\). The reverse map enlarges a representative on \(\Delta \) to the expansion of its block hull, applies the inverse finite blocking equivalence, and regards the result as supported on \(\operatorname {Hull}_L(\Delta )\). The forward composite is the identity,
This holds for every on-site dimension \(d\).
Let \(d,L{\gt}0\). If \(\mathcal B_L\) denotes the algebraic-local blocking equivalence, then for every \(a\in \mathbb Z\),
This is the translation rule induced by the blocking of sites used in [ 16 , lines 2308 and 2313–2320 ] .
The automorphisms form an additive action of \(\mathbb Z\):
The homomorphisms satisfy
If \(d{\gt}0\), then every translation preserves the operator norm and distance:
A local observable \(A\) is supported in a finite region \(\Lambda \) if and only if \(\tau _a(A)\) is supported in \(\Lambda +a\).
Let \(L{\gt}0\). Every finite original region is contained in the expansion of its block hull,
If \(\Delta \subseteq \Theta \), then \(\operatorname {Hull}_L(\Delta )\subseteq \operatorname {Hull}_L(\Theta )\). Expansion and block hull are exact in the blocked direction:
Let \(L{\gt}0\). For every finite blocked region \(\Lambda \) and every finite original-lattice neighborhood \(\mathcal N\),
This is the exact finite-region carry identity associated with the site grouping in [ 16 , lines 2313–2320 ] .
Let \(d,L{\gt}0\). If \(\omega \) is a one-dimensional QCA on \(\mathcal A^{(d)}\), then
is a one-dimensional QCA on \(\mathcal A^{(d^L)}\).
For every finite \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\), define
Then \(L_{\mathcal N}{\gt}0\) and
With the finite-supremum convention, \(L_{\varnothing }=1\).
Let \(L{\gt}0\), let \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) be finite, and let \(b\in \mathbb Z\). Then
The quotient is the Euclidean quotient by the positive integer \(L\). Consequently these formulas include negative displacements and both positive and negative block carries. In general, \(\operatorname {Hull}_L(\mathcal N)\) alone omits some carries caused by the starting residue. This makes explicit the boundary geometry implicit in [ 16 , lines 2313–2320 ] .
For every \(A\in \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\),
Under the forward local norm hypothesis, for all \(A,B\in \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\),
For every finite region \(\Lambda \) and \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \),
Let \(j\colon \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\to \mathcal A\) be the canonical completion map. For every \(A\in \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\),
For every finite region \(\Lambda \) and \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \),
For every \(M\in \operatorname {Mat}_{S\times C}(\mathbb C)\),
Let \(S\) be a nonempty finite set. The average is contractive in the operator norm; if every complementary Weyl conjugation fixes \(X\), then
Let \(T_x=(L_x\cup P_x)\cup P_{x+1}\). The three regions \(L_x,P_x,P_{x+1}\) are pairwise disjoint, and
For \(x\ne y\) the pairs \(E_x\) and \(E_y\) are disjoint, and every finite region \(\Lambda \) satisfies
where \(X_\Lambda =\{ \lfloor i/2\rfloor \mid i\in \Lambda \} \).
Let \(L{\gt}0\), let \(a\in \mathbb Z\), and let \(\Lambda \subset \mathbb Z\) be a finite blocked region. Then
This is the translation rule for the site grouping used in [ 16 , lines 2308 and 2313–2320 ] .
Let \(d\) be a nonnegative integer, let \(\Lambda \subset \mathbb Z\) be finite, and let \(a\in \mathbb Z\). For every \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \),
Consequently, \(\tau _{a,\Lambda }\) is an isometry from \(\mathcal A_\Lambda \) onto \(\mathcal A_{\Lambda +a}\).
Every finite set \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) is contained in \([-R,R]\cap \mathbb Z\) for some \(R\in \mathbb N\). This includes \(\mathcal N=\varnothing \), for which one may take \(R=0\). If \(\omega \) propagates within a fixed set \(\mathcal N\), then \(R\) may be chosen so that
Consequently, finite forward propagation admits a symmetric-interval witness:
Translation by zero acts trivially on sites, configurations, and finite-region observables. Successive translations by \(a\) and \(b\) agree with translation by \(a+b\). Pointwise, for \(i\in \Lambda \), \(x,y\in \operatorname {Config}_d(\Lambda )\), and \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \),
These identities express the additive action without identifying the distinct configuration spaces before applying their canonical translation bijections.
Let \(d{\gt}0\), let \(\omega ,\eta \colon \mathcal A\to \mathcal A\) be star-algebra automorphisms, and let \(\mathcal N,\mathcal M\subset \mathbb Z\) be finite. Suppose that \(\omega \) propagates within \(\mathcal N\) and \(\eta \) propagates within \(\mathcal M\). The composite \(\eta \circ \omega \) first applies \(\omega \) and then \(\eta \), so
Hence \(\eta \circ \omega \) propagates within \(\mathcal N+\mathcal M\). In particular, if \(\omega \) and \(\eta \) have finite forward propagation, then \(\eta \circ \omega \) has finite forward propagation. This is the composition closure of the finite-neighborhood condition in Appendix line 2298 of [ 16 ] .
Let \(L{\gt}0\). For finite blocked regions \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \), the square formed by finite blocking and the two canonical local inclusions commutes:
For the neighbourhood \(\mathcal N=\{ -1,0,1\} \),
Translation by two sites advances each of the three two-site regions by one index:
Let \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) be finite. If \(\omega \) propagates within \(\mathcal N\), then \(\omega ^{[L]}\) propagates within the carry-aware blocked neighborhood \(\mathcal C_L(\mathcal N)\). Explicitly, for every finite blocked region \(\Lambda \) and every \(X\in \mathcal A^{(d^L)}\) supported in \(\Lambda \), the observable \(\omega ^{[L]}(X)\) is supported in \(\Lambda +\mathcal C_L(\mathcal N)\).
Let \(d,L{\gt}0\). Suppose that \(\omega \) propagates within the finite neighborhood \(\mathcal N\) and that \(|n|{\lt}L\) for every \(n\in \mathcal N\). For every finite blocked region \(\Lambda \) and every observable \(X\in \mathcal A^{(d^L)}\) supported in \(\Lambda \), the observable \(\omega ^{[L]}(X)\) is supported in
Let \(d{\gt}0\), let \(\omega \colon \mathcal A\to \mathcal A\) be a star-algebra automorphism, and let \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) be finite. The following conditions are equivalent:
Thus condition (c) is precisely the range-inclusion formula from line 2298 of [ 16 ] , expressed inside the quasi-local algebra, and condition (d) is its finite-region witness form.
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and let \(\omega \colon \mathcal A\to \mathcal A\) be a star-algebra automorphism. If \(\mathcal N\subseteq \mathcal M\) and \(\omega \) propagates within \(\mathcal N\), then \(\omega \) propagates within \(\mathcal M\). More explicitly, for every finite region \(\Lambda \),
Consequently, if \(\omega \) has finite forward propagation, then for every prescribed finite set \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) there is a finite set \(\mathcal M\subset \mathbb Z\) such that
This is the neighborhood-enlargement consequence of the propagation condition in Appendix line 2298 of [ 16 ] .
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and \(L{\gt}0\). Write \(j^{(d)}\) for the canonical map from the algebraic-local algebra into its completion. The underlying map of \(\overline{\mathcal B}_L\) is the continuous extension of \(\mathcal B_L\), and on the two dense algebraic-local subalgebras,
For \(A\in \mathcal A^{(d^L)}_\Lambda \) and \(C\in \mathcal A^{(d)}_\Delta \), these identities become
If \(C\in \mathcal A^{(d)}_{\widehat\Lambda _L}\), the inverse formula reduces exactly to
Finally, for all quasi-local observables \(X\) and \(Y\) on the blocked chain,
- SpinChain.quasiLocalBlocking_apply
- SpinChain.quasiLocalBlocking_algebraicToQuasiLocal
- SpinChain.quasiLocalBlocking_symm_algebraicToQuasiLocal
- SpinChain.quasiLocalBlocking_quasiLocalObservable
- SpinChain.quasiLocalBlocking_symm_quasiLocalObservable
- SpinChain.quasiLocalBlocking_symm_quasiLocalObservable_expandedRegion
- SpinChain.norm_quasiLocalBlocking
- SpinChain.quasiLocalBlocking_isometry
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and \(L{\gt}0\). If a blocked-chain observable \(X\) is supported in \(\Lambda \), then \(\overline{\mathcal B}_L(X)\) is supported in \(\widehat\Lambda _L\). If an original-chain observable \(Y\) is supported in \(\Delta \), then \(\overline{\mathcal B}_L^{-1}(Y)\) is supported in \(\operatorname {Hull}_L(\Delta )\). In particular, support transport is exact on expanded regions:
Let \(d,L{\gt}0\). If \(\overline{\mathcal B}_L\) denotes the quasi-local blocking equivalence, then for every \(a\in \mathbb Z\),
This is the completion of the translation rule induced by the site grouping in [ 16 , lines 2308 and 2313–2320 ] .
Let \(\Gamma \) and \(\Delta \) be disjoint finite regions and let \(A\in \mathcal A_{\Gamma \cup \Delta }\), written in the ordered \(\Gamma \times \Delta \) coordinates. For configurations \(r,s\in \mathcal C_\Delta \) and \(i,j\in \mathcal C_\Gamma \), the canonical quasi-local copies of the two coefficient families are
where a hat denotes the canonical image in the quasi-local algebra. Both right-hand sides are formed inside the quasi-local algebra alone.
For every finite region \(\Lambda \), the map \(j_\Lambda \) is an injective isometry. If \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \), then
For \(d{\gt}0\), the quasi-local automorphisms form an additive action of \(\mathbb Z\):
For \(d{\gt}0\), every quasi-local translation preserves the operator norm and distance:
Let \(L{\gt}0\). For every finite blocked region \(\Lambda \) and every finite original-lattice neighborhood \(\mathcal N\),
Let \(X\in M_{I\times J}(\mathbb C)\) and write \(e_{rs}\) for the matrix units of either factor. Then
Every coefficient of the expansion used at [ 203 , lines 1188–1191 ] and [ 237 , lines 1137–1169 ] is therefore a sum of products formed inside the ambient algebra.
Let \(V\) satisfy \(A^iV=VB^i\) for all \(i\). Then, for every \(X\),
If moreover \(V^\dagger V=\mathbb {1}\), then every eigenvalue of \(\mathcal{E}_B\) is an eigenvalue of \(\mathcal{E}_A\).
Let \(x\) be unitary and satisfy \(x=x^T\) or \(x=-x^T\). There are a symmetric unitary \(S\) and a matrix \(\widetilde\Lambda \) such that
In the symmetric case, \(\widetilde\Lambda \) is real and symmetric. In the skew-symmetric case, it is real and skew-symmetric. In both cases, \(\det (\widetilde\Lambda )=1\).
Two MPUs \(U_i^{(N)}\) and \(U_j^{(N)}\) are in the same phase under time reversal combined with the local swap, transposition combined with the local swap, or conjugation if and only if the corresponding \(\widetilde U_i^{(N)}\) and \(\widetilde U_j^{(N)}\) are in the same phase under time reversal, transposition, or conjugation, respectively.
For any MPU tensor \(\mathcal U\) under the source’s standing canonical-form-II convention, let \(r\) and \(\ell \) be the two source-cut ranks and let \(u\) be the source operator. Then
Consequently \(u\) is an isometry and \(r\ell \geq d^2\). This is the unrestricted statement of [ 16 , Lemma III.7 ] .
An MPU in standard form is invariant under complex conjugation if and only if there are unitaries \(x\) and \(y\) such that either \(x=x^T\) and \(y=y^T\), or \(x=-x^T\) and \(y=-y^T\), and
This is the unrestricted conjugation characterization in [ 16 , Proposition V.1 ] .
Suppose \(r\) and \(\ell \) are even. Two conjugation-invariant MPUs in the standard forms of Proposition 18.9.1.14 are strictly equivalent under conjugation if and only if they belong to the same case and
Let \([0,1]\ni x\mapsto \mathcal W(x)\) be a continuous path of tensors generating MPUs, without requiring the path to be in canonical form. For each \(x\), take the canonical form and the two source-cut ranks \(r(x)\) and \(\ell (x)\) of its associated simple tensor. Then \(r(x)\) and \(\ell (x)\) are constant on \([0,1]\).
For a time-reversal-invariant MPU in standard form, the MPS sign \(G\overline G=\pm \mathbb {1}\) equals the sign \(\sigma ^{(2)}\) obtained after blocking two sites.
The MPUs \(U_1^{(N)}\) and \(U_2^{(N)}\) lie in different strict conjugation phases exactly when \(d=4k+2\) for a nonnegative integer \(k\). Otherwise they lie in the same strict phase. All these phases are in Case I, so the two MPUs are equivalent after blocking and adjoining ancillas.
Let an MPU be in standard form, with one-site physical space \(\mathbb C^{d_0}\otimes \mathbb C^{d_0}\). Transposition symmetry forces \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U)=0\). The MPU satisfies \(U^{(N)}=U^{(N)T}\) for every even \(N\) if and only if there are a unitary \(x\) and a phase \(e^{i\phi }\) such that
For a conjugation-invariant MPU, the MPS sign \(G\overline G=\pm \mathbb {1}\) agrees with Case I and Case II, respectively, of Proposition 18.9.1.14.
Let an MPU in the standard form determined by its supplied source datum be invariant under complex conjugation, and suppose every standard-form tensor compared below carries reduced full-support source data. Its standard-form unitaries can be chosen in exactly one of the following two cases. In Case I,
and the choice is unique up to local orthogonal transformations. In Case II,
where
The choice is unique up to local transformations \(S_x\) satisfying \(S_x^T\Sigma _xS_x=\Sigma _x\). Case II can occur only when \(r\) and \(\ell \) are even.
Let a tensor and its conjugate comparison tensor both be equipped with reduced full-support source data and written in the standard forms determined by those data. The generated MPU is invariant under complex conjugation if and only if there are unitaries \(x\) and \(y\) such that either \(x=x^T\) and \(y=y^T\), or \(x=-x^T\) and \(y=-y^T\), and
This is the reduced-source version of the conjugation characterization in [ 16 , Proposition V.1 ] .
Let \([0,1]\ni x\mapsto \mathcal W(x)\) be a continuous path of tensors generating MPUs, without requiring the path to be in canonical form. Suppose that the path carries an admissible equivalence datum with blocking length \(m\). Then the ranks \(r(x)\) and \(\ell (x)\) of the actual blocked path tensors \(\mathcal W(x)_m\) are constant on \([0,1]\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II. If \(k_0\) and \(k\) are positive blocking lengths for which \(\mathcal U_{k_0}\) and \(\mathcal U_k\) are simple, then both blocks give the same index. When \(k\geq k_0\), their ranks satisfy
The value is unchanged by positive physical blocking or by choosing a different canonical-form-II presentation of the same tensor. This is the canonical-form-II representative case of [ 16 , Proposition IV.2 ] .
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.index_eq_logb_of_isMPUSimple_blockTensor
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.sourceIndexValue_blockTensor_eq
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.sourceIndexValue_eq_index
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.rightRank_mul_leftRank_blockTensor
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.sourceRanks_blockTensor_pos
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.index_eq
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.index_blockTensor
Let an MPU be in the standard form determined by its supplied source datum. Suppose its one-site tensor \(\mathcal U\), its actual two-site block \(\mathcal U_2\), and the physical-adjoint comparison tensor \(\mathcal U_2^\sharp \) are simple and each carries its own reduced full-support source datum. Write the one-site physical space as \(\mathbb C^{d_0}\otimes \mathbb C^{d_0}\). Time-reversal symmetry then forces \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U)=0\). Under these hypotheses, \(U^{(N)}=U^{(N)\dagger }\) for every even \(N\) if and only if there is a unitary \(x\) such that
Let an MPU be in the standard form determined by its supplied source datum. Suppose its one-site tensor \(\mathcal U\), its actual two-site block \(\mathcal U_2\), and the transposed comparison tensor \(\mathcal U_2^{\mathsf T}\) are simple and each carries its own reduced full-support source datum. Write the one-site physical space as \(\mathbb C^{d_0}\otimes \mathbb C^{d_0}\). Transposition symmetry then forces \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U)=0\). Under these hypotheses, \(U^{(N)}=U^{(N)T}\) for every even \(N\) if and only if there are a unitary \(x\) and a phase \(e^{i\phi }\) such that
Let \(\mathcal U\) be conjugation invariant. Suppose \(\mathcal U\) and its conjugate comparison tensor are simple and carry their own reduced full-support source data. Let \(p\mapsto \mathcal W(p)\) be the actual standard-form interpolation from \(\mathcal U\) to its Case I or Case II representative. Suppose this interpolation carries an admissible conjugation-symmetry path datum of blocking length one: the path \(\mathcal W(p)\) and its fixed conjugate, physical-adjoint, transposed, and conjugation-image comparison paths are simple and carry continuously varying source data. Then the sign \(G\overline G=\pm \mathbb {1}\) in the MPS classification agrees with Case I and Case II, respectively, of Proposition 18.9.1.15.
Let an MPU in the standard form determined by its supplied source datum be invariant under time reversal. Suppose \(\mathcal U\), \(\mathcal U_2\), and \(\mathcal U_4\), together with the physical-adjoint comparison tensors \(\mathcal U_2^\sharp \) and \(\mathcal U_4^\sharp \), are simple and each carries its own reduced full-support source datum. Then the MPS sign \(G\overline G=\pm \mathbb {1}\) equals the sign \(\sigma ^{(2)}\).
For every blocking length \(k\) under consideration, suppose the endpoint tensor \(\mathcal U_k\), its actual two-site block \(\mathcal U_{2k}\), and the physical-adjoint comparison tensor \(\mathcal U_{2k}^\sharp \) are simple and each carries its own reduced full-support source datum. Let \(\sigma ^{(k)}\) be the sign of the resulting standard form. Then
Suppose a time-reversal-preserving path carries an admissible equivalence datum of blocking length one. At every path point, require the one-site tensor, its actual two-site block, and the physical-adjoint comparison of that two-site block to be simple and to carry continuously varying reduced full-support source data. Then the sign \(\sigma =\pm 1\) is independent of the admissible standard-form gauge and is constant along the path.
After adding one ancilla of dimension \(d\) per site and performing the source blocking, denote the actual enlarged blocked endpoints by \(\widehat{\mathcal U}_1\) and \(\widehat{\mathcal U}_2\). For either time reversal or transposition, let \(p\mapsto \mathcal W_{\mathcal S}(p)\) be the source-constructed interpolation from \(\widehat{\mathcal U}_1\) to \(\widehat{\mathcal U}_2\). Suppose this interpolation carries an admissible symmetry-path datum of blocking length one. Thus the path \(\mathcal W_{\mathcal S}(p)\) and its fixed conjugate, physical-adjoint, transposed, and \(\mathcal S\)-image comparison paths are simple and carry continuously varying reduced full-support source data. Suppose also that the one- and two-site enlarged endpoint tensors used in the local comparison carry their own data. Then \(\widehat{\mathcal U}_1\) and \(\widehat{\mathcal U}_2\) are admissibly strictly equivalent under both time reversal and transposition. No equivalence of the original ancilla-free tensors is asserted, because the equal ancilla dimensions used here need not satisfy the coprimality condition in Definition 18.9.2.12.
For each endpoint tensor \(\mathcal A\) among \(U_1\), \(U_2\), \(\widetilde U_1\), and \(\widetilde U_2\), suppose that \(\mathcal A\), its conjugate comparison \(\overline{\mathcal A}\), its actual two-site block \(\mathcal A_2\), and the conjugate comparison \(\overline{\mathcal A_2}\) are simple and carry their own reduced full-support source data. For every strict comparison used below, let \(p\mapsto \mathcal W(p)\) be the actual source-constructed interpolation between the corresponding endpoint tensors. Suppose it carries an admissible conjugation-symmetry path datum of blocking length one: the path and its fixed conjugate, physical-adjoint, transposed, and conjugation-image comparison paths are simple and carry continuously varying source data. Require a length-one admissible path datum also for the actual blocked interpolation used in the final equivalence claim. Under these hypotheses, \(U_1^{(N)}\) and \(U_2^{(N)}\) are in different admissible strict phases under conjugation exactly when \(k\) is a nonnegative integer and
Otherwise they are in the same admissible strict phase. All these standard forms lie in Case I, so \(U_1^{(N)}\) and \(U_2^{(N)}\) are admissibly equivalent after blocking and adding ancillas.
Suppose the two-site blocked tensors carry reduced full-support source data and the standard-form comparison paths carry admissible path data of blocking length one. Then the actual two-site blocked tensors of \(U_2\) and \(U_3\) are both in the trivial admissible strict phase under conjugation. Consequently \(U_2\) and \(U_3\) lie in the same admissible equivalence class.
For each of time reversal and transposition, let \(p\mapsto \mathcal W_{\mathcal S}(p)\) be the actual source-constructed interpolation from \(\widetilde U_2\) to \(\widetilde U_3\). Suppose it carries an admissible symmetry-path datum of blocking length one. Thus the path \(\mathcal W_{\mathcal S}(p)\) and its fixed conjugate, physical-adjoint, transposed, and \(\mathcal S\)-image comparison paths are simple and carry continuously varying reduced full-support source data. Suppose also that the one- and two-site endpoint tensors used in the local comparison carry their own data. Then \(\widetilde U_2^{(N)}\) and \(\widetilde U_3^{(N)}\) are in the same admissible phase under both time reversal and transposition.
For a time-reversal-invariant MPU in standard form, the sign \(\sigma =\pm 1\) is independent of the gauge and is constant under continuous deformations that preserve time-reversal symmetry.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a time-reversal-invariant MPU in standard form, and let \(\sigma ^{(k)}\) be the sign obtained from a standard form of its \(k\)-site block. Then
After adding one ancilla of dimension \(d\) per site, \(\widetilde U_1^{(N)}\) and \(\widetilde U_2^{(N)}\) are strictly equivalent under both time reversal and transposition.
After blocking two sites, \(U_2^{(N)}\) and \(U_3^{(N)}\) are both in the trivial phase under conjugation.
The MPUs \(\widetilde U_2^{(N)}\) and \(\widetilde U_3^{(N)}\) are in the same phase under both time reversal and transposition.
Let an MPU be in standard form, with one-site physical space \(\mathbb C^{d_0}\otimes \mathbb C^{d_0}\). Time-reversal symmetry forces \(\operatorname {ind}(\mathcal U)=0\). The MPU satisfies \(U^{(N)}=U^{(N)\dagger }\) for every even \(N\) if and only if there is a unitary \(x\) such that
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple tensor under the source’s standing canonical-form-II convention. Its standard form is the depth-two form of the two-site block \(\mathcal U_2\) determined by the source unitaries
On four consecutive blocked legs its unitary is
This is the unrestricted definition of [ 16 , Definition III.9 ] .
Let \(A\) be an irreducible MPS tensor in TP gauge, \(\sum _i(A^i)^\dagger A^i=\mathbb {1}\), with \(D{\gt}0\). Then there exist a unitary \(U\) and a diagonal positive definite \(\Lambda \) such that:
\(B^i:=U^\dagger A^iU\) is TP,
\(\mathcal{E}_B(\Lambda )=\Lambda \),
\(\Lambda \) is diagonal and positive definite,
\(A\) and \(B\) generate the same MPV family.
These are the two normalization identities in the canonical form II definition of [ 13 , Appendix A ] .
Let \(A\) and \(B\) be MPS tensors, possibly with different bond dimensions. Suppose that \(U\) satisfies \(UU^\dagger =\mathbb {1}\) and \(A^i=U^\dagger B^iU\) for every physical index \(i\). Then \(A\) and \(B\) generate the same matrix product vectors at every positive length.
Let \(A\) be a tensor in CPSV canonical form, with ambient bond dimension \(D\). Then there is a tensor \(B\) of the same bond dimension and an \(G\in \mathrm{GL}(D,\mathbb {C})\) such that, for every physical index \(i\),
Moreover, \(B\) is in canonical form II and the total retained block dimension is unchanged. This is the nonsingular gauge assertion of [ 13 , Appendix A ] .
Let \(A\) have canonical-form data
For every \(L\geq 1\), \(A^{[L]}\) has canonical-form data with the same coisometry \(U\), the blocked normal tensors \(A_k^{[L]}\), and the weights \(\mu _k^L\):
For a tensor or matrix, an overline denotes entrywise conjugation. If \(A\) and \(B\) are gauge equivalent through \(X\), then \(\overline A\) and \(\overline B\) are gauge equivalent through \(\overline X\). If \(A\) is left-canonical, then \(\overline A\) is left-canonical. If \(A\) is algebraically normal, then \(\overline A\) is algebraically normal. Independently, if \(A\) is a CPSV normal tensor, then \(\overline A\) is a CPSV normal tensor.
Let \(\sigma \) denote entrywise conjugation. For every tensor \(A\), as operators on the matrix space,
evaluating at \(\overline X\) gives, for every matrix \(X\),
If \(\Lambda \) is positive definite and diagonal, then
Let \(A\) and \(B\) be normal tensors of positive, possibly different, bond dimensions. Suppose that, for some nonzero \(\zeta \in \mathbb {C}\), \(|V^{(N)}(B)\rangle =\zeta ^N|V^{(N)}(A)\rangle \) for \(N\geq 0\). Then the bond dimensions are equal and there is an invertible matrix \(X\) and a scalar \(\eta \) of unit modulus such that \(B^i=\eta X A^iX^{-1}\) for every physical letter \(i\). This is the gauge recovery used in [ 13 , Appendix A ] .
Let \(e:\{ 0,\ldots ,d'-1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,d-1\} \) be a bijection and set
The transfer maps of \(A\) and \(e^*A\) agree. In particular, physical relabeling preserves left-canonical normalization and CPSV normality. If \(A\) has canonical-form data
then \(e^*A\) has the same weights and coisometry and the relabeled normal blocks:
Let \(u,d,\ell ,r\in \{ 0,1\} \) and set \(P^{ud}_{\ell r}=\delta _{u,1-d}\delta _{u,\ell }2^{-1/2}(-1)^{\ell r}\), the tensor printed in the CZX example of [ 16 ] . In the ordinary periodic trace contraction, the two-site operator generated by \(P\) has all-zero output row
In particular, \(P\) does not generate a matrix product unitary. The normalization discrepancy and comparison with the Z-decorated tensor are detailed in [ 180 ] .
Let \(\varphi \) be pure among all states of the quasi-local algebra. Suppose that \(\omega _i\) are states indexed by a finite set, that \(w_i\geq 0\) and \(\sum _iw_i=1\), and that \(\varphi =\sum _iw_i\omega _i\). Then \(\varphi =\omega _i\) for some \(i\). No translation-invariance condition is imposed on these states.
Let \(B\) be an irreducible tensor, let \(X\) be invertible, and let \(c\ne 0\). Then the rescaled conjugated tensor with letters \(cX^{-1}B^vX\) is irreducible. In particular, the rescaled unital gauge of an irreducible tensor is irreducible; this is the normalization of [ 13 , Section 2.3 ] applied to an irreducible corner.
Let \(b,c\geq 0\), \(I=I(a,N)\) and \(J=I(a-b,b+N+c)\). Then \(I\subseteq J\). For configurations \(\sigma ,\tau \) on \(b+N+c\) consecutive sites,
where \(M=\{ b,b+1,\ldots ,b+N-1\} \) and \(\sigma |_M\) denotes the configuration \(i\mapsto \sigma _{b+i}\) on \(N\) sites. This is the identity-tensor inclusion of [ 16 , Appendix ] expressed in increasing integer-site coordinates.
For matrices \(A,B\in \mathbb C^{n\times n}\) and the exchange matrix \(\mathbb S\) on \(\mathbb C^n\otimes \mathbb C^n\),
The equivalent two-sided exchange identity is stated in [ 16 , lines 1316–1319 ] ; the gauge-invariance argument at [ 16 , lines 1624–1630 ] uses it without a printed derivation.
Let \(x\in \mathbb C^{n\times n}\) be unitary, let \(\sigma \in \mathbb C\), and let \(M=\sigma \, x\otimes x^\dagger \). Then
This is the exchange-trace evaluation in [ 16 , lines 1608–1610 ] ; there \(n=d^2\).
Let \(\varphi :\{ 0,\ldots ,d^2-1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,d-1\} ^2\) be the canonical bijection. Then \((K^{[2]})^{i,j} =(K^{[L]})^{\varphi (i),\varphi (j)}\bigm |_{L=2}\). Consequently, for every nonempty chain length \(N\), the closed MPO of \(K^{[2]}\) is obtained from the closed MPO of the general length-two block by applying \(\varphi \) independently at every ket and bra site. In particular, if \(K\) generates matrix product density operators, then so does \(K^{[2]}\).
For every integer \(L\geq 0\), pairing the ket and bra letters site by site gives the canonical identification
Under this identification, the doubled-index MPS tensor of \(M^{[L]}\) is the physical reindexing of the \(L\)-blocked doubled-index MPS tensor of \(M\). In particular, one is injective if and only if the other is.
For every integer \(L\geq 0\) and two MPO tensors \(M,N\) with the same physical dimension, let juxtaposition denote the MPO tensor product obtained by contracting the intermediate physical index. Then \((MN)^{[L]}=M^{[L]}N^{[L]}\). For \(L=0\), each blocked tensor is the unique empty-word local matrix, namely the identity, so the equality reduces to the product of two identity local tensors.
Let \(L\in \mathbb {N}\), and let
concatenate the \(N\) blocked words. For blocked configurations \(\sigma \) and \(\tau \),
The algebraic identity holds for every \(L\in \mathbb {N}\). For \(L\geq 1\), positivity of the original nonempty chain of length \(NL\) shows that blocking \(L\) adjacent physical sites of an MPDO again gives an MPDO. This is the closed-chain identification implicit when the one-site tensor and its two-site blocking are placed in vertical canonical form in [ 13 , Appendix C.4, lines 1952–2017 ] .
Let \(K\) be an MPO tensor. For every chain length \(N\), the self-overlap of the doubled-index MPS family equals the Hilbert–Schmidt trace of the closed operator:
This is a project derivation preparing the Lemma C.5 route of [ 13 , Appendix C.2, lines 1473–1499 ] ; the pure-state analogue is the normalized-MPV self-overlap lemma of [ 13 , lines 1080–1100 ] . It is not a statement of that source. Until a trace normalization is established, the right-hand side is the raw squared Hilbert–Schmidt norm of the MPO family, not a normalized-state purity.
Let \(A\) and \(B\) have the same physical alphabet and positive target bond dimension \(D_A{\gt}0\). Suppose that \(|V^{(N)}(B)\rangle =|V^{(N)}(A)\rangle \) for every \(N{\gt}0\). If \(A\) is injective, then there exist \(V\in \mathbb {C}^{D_A\times D_B}\) and \(W\in \mathbb {C}^{D_B\times D_A}\) forming a reduction from \(B\) to \(A\). The same conclusion holds when \(A\) is normal.
This is the \(\lambda =1\) equality case of [ 221 , Proposition 20, lines 3815–3938 ] . The unrestricted proportional premise does not imply the unscaled conclusion [ 146 ] .
If \(w\) has length \(n\) and
then
Let \(A\) and \(B\) be CPSV normal tensors, and suppose that
Then \(A\boxtimes B\) is a CPSV normal tensor and is left-canonical:
This is the retained-normal-block infrastructure for the tensoring sentence in the proof of the MPU Index Theorem IV.6(ii) [ 16 , lines 824–845 ] , not a separate theorem stated there. The retained-normal-block terminology is that of the canonical-form decomposition in [ 13 , Section 2.3, lines 214–245 ] ; the two left-canonical identities are explicit infrastructure hypotheses, not an additional assertion attributed to that passage.
A rectangular reduction satisfies the retraction identity (9) and the word identity (10). Conversely, the all-word identity alone implies \(VW=1_{D_A}\) by taking the empty word. Moreover, the target bond dimension cannot exceed the source bond dimension: \(D_A\leq D_B\).
Let \(S_N(A)=\operatorname{span}_{\mathbb {C}}\{ A^w:|w|=N\} \). The pointwise splitting of length-\(N\) words gives
In particular, if \(S_N(A)=M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\) and \(S_N(B)=M_{E}(\mathbb {C})\), then \(S_N(A\boxtimes B)=M_{DE}(\mathbb {C})\). If \(A\) and \(B\) are algebraically normal, then \(A\boxtimes B\) is algebraically normal.
This is the homogeneous-word infrastructure for the tensoring sentence in the proof of the MPU Index Theorem IV.6(ii) [ 16 , lines 824–845 ] , not a separate theorem stated there. It applies to the retained blocks in the canonical-form decomposition [ 13 , Section 2.3, lines 214–245 ] .
Let \(\mathbb S\) denote the swap operator on \(\mathbb C^d\otimes \mathbb C^d\). There is a continuous map \(S\colon \mathbb R\to \mathrm{U}(d^2)\) such that
One concrete choice is
where
and
The joint initialized child input is exactly the parent initialized input under the derived configuration bijection. Their images equal the zero-flag subspace selected by the parent auxiliary sites. The two actual child column identities, together with their support conditions, therefore give the joint initialized child columns; no input bijection or joint-column identity is assumed.
- MPUCircuit.mem_range_finEmbeddingAppend_iff
- MPUCircuit.mem_range_intervalPacketSites_iff
- MPUCircuit.not_mem_parentPacket_iff
- MPUCircuit.intervalPhysicalZeroConfig_join_left
- MPUCircuit.intervalPhysicalZeroConfig_join_right
- MPUCircuit.intervalPhysicalZeroConfig_joiningFlag_zero
- MPUCircuit.intervalPacket_restriction_apply
- MPUCircuit.intervalJointInitializedOutsideEmbedding_parentOutside
- MPUCircuit.intervalJointInputEmbedding_eq_parent_input
- MPUCircuit.placedBasisEmbedding_restriction
- MPUCircuit.minimalIntervalInputEmbedding_zero_auxiliary
- MPUCircuit.mem_range_minimalIntervalInputEmbedding_iff
- MPUCircuit.range_minimalIntervalInputEmbedding_eq_zeroFlagEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.range_intervalJointInputEmbedding_eq_parent
- MPUCircuit.range_intervalJointInputEmbedding_eq_zeroFlagEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.minimalIntervalJointInitializedChildColumns_of_supported_individual
For adjacent nonempty intervals, suppose each logical operator has its interval support and satisfies the actual interval column identity. Their product has the tensor product of the two weighted child maps as its initialized columns, with the identity on every configuration outside their combined support. No joint column identity is an additional assumption.
Suppose single-site implementations of budget \(K\) and an adjacent-interval merging rule have been established for the same fixed basis and metric family. If that rule gives budget \(b(K_1+K_2)+M\) from child budgets \(K_1,K_2\), then every consecutive interval partition has an actual circuit with exactly its numerical tree budget. All logical support, workspace cleanup, and actual interval column identities are retained. Increasing a budget preserves these identities.
The ordered packet inclusion is injective and has the prescribed restrictions to both bond registers and both flags. There is a permutation of the full logical register sending its final packet to precisely these actual sites in this order. Both the remaining prefix size and this permutation are derived from the site inclusions; neither is an additional geometric assumption.
The joint output restricts to the prescribed left and right child configurations and to its prescribed outside configuration. Changing the two joining bond labels affects only their two allocated bond registers. Every other coordinate, including initialized interior auxiliaries and outside spectators, is independent of those labels.
- MPUCircuit.jointPlacedBasisEmbedding_left
- MPUCircuit.jointPlacedBasisEmbedding_right
- MPUCircuit.jointPlacedBasisEmbedding_outside
- MPUCircuit.initializedComplementEmbedding_zero
- MPUCircuit.intervalJointOutputEmbedding_left_support
- MPUCircuit.intervalJointOutputEmbedding_right_support
- MPUCircuit.intervalBoundaryConfig_right_eq_away
- MPUCircuit.intervalBoundaryConfig_left_eq_away
- MPUCircuit.intervalJointOutputEmbedding_eq_away_joining_bonds
For \(d\geq 2\) and \(N\geq 2\), a finite unitary of consecutive cut ranks at most \(D\) admits one normalized minimal basis and metric family whose placed leaf circuits satisfy the actual interval column identities. The previously constructed circuits and logical operators remain exactly the same, with their gate counts, support, and all-input workspace cleanup. The outside configurations are arbitrary. No separate interval column identity is assumed.
- MPUCircuit.intervalPacketLogicalSite_leafIntervalSiteEquiv
- MPUCircuit.leafConsecutiveSites_eq_comp_intervalPacketSites
- MPUCircuit.embedOp_reindex_siteEquiv
- MPUCircuit.leafIntervalConfigEquiv_leafInput
- MPUCircuit.leafIntervalConfigEquiv_leafOutput
- MPUCircuit.initializedBasisMatrix_reindex_of_mapping
- MPUCircuit.leafColumns_reindex_interval
- MPUCircuit.minimalLeafInterval_reindex
- MPUCircuit.isMinimalIntervalColumnImplementation_leaf_of_columns
- MPUCircuit.exists_normalized_minimalInterval_family_with_placed_leaf_columns_of_unitary
For \(N\geq 2\), \(0{\lt}r\leq D\), and a selected initial flag count within the allocated pool, the encoded merger including both child conjugations and its final return has gate count at most
where \(M\) is the common node budget and \(F\) is the common reflection budget. The quadratic routing reserve is included in \(M\).
Each of two adjacent child supports is contained in their parent support. The actual selected initialized sites remain in the parent support after a site-coordinate change. If that change puts the actual joining packet last, its entire suffix range also lies in the transported parent support.
Let the minimal cut metrics be positive definite elements of their prefix Gram affine hulls, with their dual metrics normalizing every element of those hulls. Two exact supported implementations of adjacent intervals, with gate counts \(K_L,K_R\) and one common auxiliary workspace returned to zero on every logical input, give an exact supported parent implementation. Its initialized columns are the actual weighted parent interval, including arbitrary outside states. Its gate count is at most
where \(K\) and \(F\) are the uniform joining and reflection bounds. The same workspace is returned to zero on every logical input.
Suppose the shared cut code sends its distinguished zero label to the zero bond configuration. The actual joint output with both shared labels reset to that label is exactly the parent output inclusion, after joining the physical outputs and transporting the arbitrary remaining configuration. This equality includes both joining flags and every interior auxiliary.
The normalized joining contraction of the two balanced adjacent intervals equals the actual weighted parent interval, after splitting its physical coordinates, with the joining label pair reset to zero. Consequently the computed parent is an isometry whenever the left cut metric belongs to its prefix Gram affine space and the right dual metric normalizes its affine space. For every finite unitary on \(N{\gt}0\) sites in positive physical dimension, one endpoint-normalized minimal basis and coherent positive metric family satisfying these conditions exists, and all its joining parents are isometries simultaneously. No parent-isometry hypothesis is supplied in this existence statement.
- MPUCircuit.normalizedJoiningParent_balancedIntervalChildren
- MPUCircuit.weightedMinimalOperatorInterval_comp_eq_reindex
- MPUCircuit.normalizedJoiningParent_minimalOperatorIntervals
- MPUCircuit.normalizedJoiningParent_minimalOperatorIntervals_isIsometry
- MPUCircuit.exists_normalized_joining_parent_isometries_of_unitary
Let a logical operator satisfy the actual full-interval column identity of the given finite unitary \(U\). Normalize the minimal endpoint bases and take the endpoint metrics in their actual prefix Gram spaces. If a complete circuit \(C\) implements that logical operator with the common scratch pool returned to zero on every logical input, then
where \(J\) initializes every logical auxiliary and scratch qudit. The physical output and the scalar phase follow from the given unitary; they are not additional assumptions.
- MPUCircuit.intervalPacketSites_full_range
- MPUCircuit.outsidePlacedConfig_full_subsingleton
- MPUCircuit.minimalIntervalInputEmbedding_full_apply
- MPUCircuit.minimalIntervalOutputEmbedding_full_apply
- MPUCircuit.minimalIntervalRootColumns_eq_physical_of_fullInterval
- MPUCircuit.minimalIntervalRootColumns_eq_physical
- MPUCircuit.physicalGlobalConfigEmbedding_apply
- MPUCircuit.initializedBasisMatrix_physicalGlobalConfigEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.physicalGlobalColumns_of_clean_logicalColumns
- MPUCircuit.minimalIntervalRootColumns_eq_physical_global
The actual joint output admits a derived site bijection and a product code: a prefix encoding independent of the joining labels, followed by the compatible joining-packet code. The prefix encoding is injective. Neither the site bijection nor its factorization is supplied as a hypothesis.
- MPUCircuit.pullbackBasisEmbedding_apply
- MPUCircuit.suffixCoordinates_prefix_not_mem
- MPUCircuit.joiningPacketLogicalSites_range_left
- MPUCircuit.joiningPacketLogicalSites_range_right
- MPUCircuit.regroupedIntervalJointOutputEmbedding_apply
- MPUCircuit.exists_regroupedIntervalJointOutput_product_coordinates
If every amplification count satisfies \(\ell \leq D\), then the recursively defined count on any binary tree of height \(h\) satisfies
On the actual midpoint partition of \(N{\gt}0\) consecutive sites,
These are bounds on the stated numerical recursion; existence of the corresponding recursive circuits is a separate assertion. Setting every round count equal to \(D\) gives exactly the recursion with child multiplier \(2D+1\) and additive term \(C\).
- MPUCircuit.treeGateCount_add_overhead_le_height
- MPUCircuit.amplificationTreeGateCount_const_eq_treeGateCount
- MPUCircuit.amplification_node_gateCount_le
- MPUCircuit.amplificationTreeGateCount_le_treeGateCount
- MPUCircuit.amplificationTreeGateCount_add_overhead_le_height
- MPUCircuit.amplificationTreeGateCount_le_height
- MPUCircuit.amplificationTreeGateCount_balanced_le_polynomial
Suppose that \(r\) and \(\ell \) are both even and that the standard-form interpolation determined below carries an admissible path datum of blocking length one. Choose standard forms from the supplied source data of two conjugation-invariant MPUs as in Proposition 18.9.1.15. They are admissibly strictly equivalent under conjugation symmetry if and only if they belong to the same case of Proposition 18.9.1.15 and
For \(i=1,2\), suppose the original one-site endpoint tensor \(\mathcal U_i\) and its conjugate comparison tensor are simple and each carries reduced full-support source data. Suppose that either \(r\) or \(\ell \) is odd and that the standard-form interpolation determined below carries an admissible path datum of blocking length one. Then \(\mathcal U_1\) and \(\mathcal U_2\) are admissibly strictly equivalent under conjugation symmetry if and only if
Assume the following operation-specific admissibility hypotheses. Every pair of simple blockings compared for blocking independence carries reduced full-support source data. Tensor products need no hypothesis, by Theorem 18.9.59. For a composition tensor \(\mathcal W\) of \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U'\), there is one positive length \(k\) such that
are simple and carry their own data. Continuous-deformation and equivalence claims use the path data of Definition 18.9.70. Under these hypotheses, the MPU index has the following properties.
It is invariant under blocking.
It is additive under tensor products and composition.
It is constant under continuous deformations through MPU tensors.
Admissibly equivalent MPU tensors have the same index. Conversely, tensors with the same index are admissibly equivalent whenever the standard-form interpolation is supplied with an admissible path datum.
These are the conclusions of [ 16 , Theorem IV.6 ] , restricted to the explicit admissibility hypotheses above.
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be MPUs with a common positive physical dimension and positive bond dimensions. For the index defined through a reduced canonical-form-II representative,
In particular, if \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V,\mathcal R\) are in canonical form II and the positive-length periodic operators of \(\mathcal R\) equal the products of those of \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\), then their canonical indices satisfy the same identity. The argument is the rank-saturation proof of [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be MPUs in canonical form II. Their independent tensor product is again in canonical form II, and
In particular, if \(n{\gt}0\) and \(\mathbb {1}_n\) is the bond-one tensor generating the identity on a physical space of dimension \(n\), then
The bridge to physical identity-ancilla attachment is Theorem 18.9.60. This is the canonical-form-II representative case of the tensoring claim in [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] .
Let \(\mathcal C\) be a real affine subspace of Hermitian \(r\times r\) matrices, with \(r\geq 1\). Suppose it contains a positive definite matrix, and there is a positive definite \(\overline Q\) with \(\operatorname {Tr}(P\overline Q)=1\) for all \(P\in \mathcal C\). Then there are \(P_*,Q_*{\gt}0\) such that
Suppose \(P\in \mathcal C_F\) and \(P,Q\succeq 0\), with \(\operatorname {Tr}(XQ)=1\) for every \(X\in \mathcal C_{FA}\). The interval map with amplitudes \(\sqrt P A_{ab}\sqrt Q\) is an isometry.
Let \(\mathcal U\) generate an MPU. If specified vectors \(a,b\) satisfy the two-letter insertion identity
then the same vectors satisfy
If the direct length-\(k\) block is simple for some \(k{\gt}0\), then its direct length-\(k'\) block is simple for every \(k'\geq k\), without any divisibility condition on \(k'\) by \(k\) [ 16 , Proposition III.3 ] .
For every retained block and physical index \(i\),
The matrices \(X_A\) and \(Z_A\) are mutually inverse, and
Consequently, \(X_A\) is a unit in the matrix algebra, with inverse \(Z_A\), and \(\det (X_A)\) is a unit in \(\mathbb C\).
In the notation of Proposition IV.5 of [ 16 ] , let \(L\) and \(R\) be the positive semidefinite outer factors with support projections \(P\) and \(Q\), respectively. The required witnesses are
Thus
or equivalently \(XL=P\) and \(RZ=Q\). Here the paper’s matrix \(Z\) is \(X_R\), not the inverse-extension matrix \(Z_R\) from Definition 18.9.105.
- Matrix.PosSemidef.supportInvExtension_mul_self
- Matrix.PosSemidef.self_mul_supportInvExtension
- Matrix.PosSemidef.supportInvExtension_mul_inverse
- Matrix.PosSemidef.supportInvExtension_inverse_mul
- Matrix.PosSemidef.supportInvExtensionUnit
- Matrix.PosSemidef.isUnit_supportInvExtension
- Matrix.PosSemidef.isUnit_det_supportInvExtension
An orthogonal projection gives a unitary reflection. If \(G^\dagger G=H^\dagger H=I\) and \(G^\dagger H=0\), then \(V_\theta \) is an isometry for every real \(\theta \) and \(V_\theta V_\theta ^\dagger \) is an orthogonal projection. If \(P\) is also an orthogonal projection, \(Q_\theta \) is unitary on the entire output space.
Suppose \(Z\) is a unitary supported on \(S\), and the reflections about the initialized image \(EE^\dagger \) and the successful projection \(P\) are also supported on \(S\). Then the full logical amplification operator
is supported on \(S\), with its exact scalar phase retained. Support of the two projections themselves suffices to derive support of their reflections. No initialization of the remaining logical sites is imposed.
- MPSPreparation.subspaceReflection_mem_supportedOperators
- MPSPreparation.pow_mem_supportedOperators
- MPSPreparation.subspaceReflection_image_mem_supportedOperators
- MPSPreparation.postselectionAmplificationStep_mem_supportedOperators
- MPSPreparation.postselectionAmplification_mem_supportedOperators
- MPSPreparation.postselectionAmplification_mem_supportedOperators_of_projection_support
Let \(U\) be an MPU, \(N=p+mL+s{\gt}1\), and \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \) for \(\Lambda \subseteq I_{a,N}\). Write \(\widehat x\) for the anchored configuration represented by a triple \(x=(x^-,x^0,x^+)\) of residual prefix, complete-block, and residual suffix words, and put
For all such triples \(x,y\), the matrix coefficient of finite-chain conjugation is
Both MPO factors retain their residual prefix and suffix products. This finite-chain identity does not assert independence of the interval or support of the conjugated observable.
For every \(a\in \mathbb Z\), \(N\in \mathbb N\), and \(L{\gt}0\), there are \(p,m,s\in \mathbb N\) such that
If \(m{\gt}0\), then \(a+p\) is divisible by \(L\); the site at residue \(r\) of the \(t\)th complete middle block has integer coordinate \(a+p+tL+r\). If \(N{\lt}q(a,L)\), then \(p=N\) and \(m=s=0\). The anchored configuration reads the prefix, middle blocks, and suffix in exactly this increasing site order.
- SpinChain.nextBlockPrefix_lt
- SpinChain.nextBlockPrefix_aligned
- SpinChain.exists_anchored_interval_decomposition
- SpinChain.finiteChainConfigEquiv_apply_site
- SpinChain.finiteChainRegion_sort
- SpinChain.finiteChainSiteEquiv_val
- SpinChain.anchoredResidualConfig_apply_site
- SpinChain.middle_index_lt
- SpinChain.aligned_middle_site_coord
Let \(U\) be any MPO tensor and let \(N=p+mL+s\). For two anchored configurations with residual prefix words \(i^-,j^-\), blocked middle words \(\sigma ,\tau \), and residual suffix words \(i^+,j^+\), the entry of the finite-chain matrix is
This holds at every integer anchor and for arbitrary \(L,p,m,s\), including an empty middle word. Neither unitarity nor divisibility of \(N\) by \(L\) is assumed.
Suppose the two-site blocking of \(U\) at length \(k\) is supplied with standard-form factors \(u,v\). For every observable \(A\) on the central input block, let \(B(A)\) be the corresponding observable on the two neighboring output links. Then
This identity holds for arbitrary original-site prefix and suffix words; \(U\) need not be an MPU. If \(U\) is an MPU and \(N{\gt}1\), then
Thus the conjugated operator is the identity on every exterior output coordinate. This statement assumes the displayed supplied standard form and does not yet identify the right-hand side with a site-indexed local inclusion or prove independence of the enclosing interval.
For \(P{\gt}0\) and \(Q=P^{-1}/r\), put \(C=(\sqrt Q)^{-1}(\sqrt P)^{-1}\). Then \(C=\sqrt r\, I\), \(C^\dagger C=rI\), and \(\langle \operatorname {vec}C,\operatorname {vec}C\rangle =r^2\). Thus the corresponding contraction bra has norm \(r\).
Let \(P,Q\) be positive definite metrics on a bond of dimension \(r\geq 1\), with \(\operatorname {Tr}(PQ)=1\). Then
For fixed \(P\), the dual metric \(Q_*=P^{-1}/r\) is positive, satisfies the normalization and attains equality. Hence the joining contraction norm \(r\) is optimal among these normalized positive metrics. This assertion concerns this joining method; it gives no lower bound on arbitrary circuit complexity.
Suppose the two weighted child maps and their parent map are isometries, formed with the same positive definite joining metric on a bond of dimension \(r{\gt}0\). The actual bond dilation is unitary. Its successful branch is the parent isometry with both joining bond labels reset to a specified basis vector, scaled by \(1/r\). Its success Gram matrix is \(r^{-2}I\). After the prescribed attenuation and \(\ell _r\) exact amplification rounds, the result is the parent isometry, with the joining bonds and both binary flags reset. The global phase is retained.
- Matrix.basisResetOutput_gram
- Matrix.reindex_rows_gram
- Matrix.partialIsometryDilation_one_kronecker
- MPUCircuit.regroupedIntervalChildren_eq_reindex
- MPUCircuit.regroupedIntervalChildren_gram
- MPUCircuit.liftedNormalizedBondReset_mul_children
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalDilation_eq_local
- MPUCircuit.liftedNormalizedBondReset_mul_conjTranspose_mul
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalDilation_mem_unitaryGroup
- MPUCircuit.dilatedBalancedIntervalChildren_gram
- MPUCircuit.dilatedBalancedIntervalChildren_success_gram
- MPUCircuit.dilatedBalancedIntervalChildren_normalized_success
- MPUCircuit.balancedInterval_merging_exact
Let \(U=FAG\) be globally isometric, with nonzero physical input spaces and bond dimensions \(r,s\geq 1\). Suppose the rows of \(F\) and \(FA\), and the columns of \(AG\) and \(G\), span their respective bond spaces. There are balanced positive metrics \(P\in \mathcal C_F\) and \(S\in \mathcal C_{FA}\), with their dual metrics normalizing the entire affine spaces and their inverse-metric traces equal to \(r^2,s^2\). The middle interval with amplitudes \(\sqrt P A_{cd}\sqrt{S^{-1}/s}\) is an isometry.
Let \(FAG\) be globally isometric, with nonzero physical input spaces and virtual dimensions \(r,s\geq 1\). If its two bounding physical cut matrices have ranks \(r,s\), then the balanced positive metrics, affine normalization identities, contraction traces \(r^2,s^2\) and middle-interval isometry of Theorem 18.16.26 exist.
For every \(N{\gt}0\), midpoint splitting constructs a genuine binary partition of the \(N\) consecutive physical sites, without a supplied tree. Its leaves are precisely those \(N\) sites, in physical order; its internal nodes are precisely the \(N-1\) internal cuts, also in physical order. Every such cut occurs exactly once. Its height is exactly \(\lceil \log _2N\rceil \), including lengths which are not powers of two.
- MPUCircuit.midpoint_child_lengths
- MPUCircuit.midpoint_child_balance
- MPUCircuit.clog_two_midpoint
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_one
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_split
- MPUCircuit.midpoint_child_clog_lt
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_height
- MPUCircuit.IsIntervalPartition.leafSites
- MPUCircuit.IsIntervalPartition.cuts
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_isIntervalPartition
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_leafSites
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_cuts
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_leafSites_nodup
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_cuts_nodup
- MPUCircuit.mem_balancedIntervalTree_cuts
- MPUCircuit.count_balancedIntervalTree_cut
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_numLeaves
- MPUCircuit.balancedIntervalTree_numNodes
- MPUCircuit.exists_balancedIntervalPartition
The joining contraction \(C\) has squared Hilbert–Schmidt norm one. For arbitrary outside weights \(L,R\) and adjacent coefficients \(A_{ab},B_{cd}\),
Thus contraction gives \(r^{-1}\) times the parent interval map. If that parent map is an isometry, the contracted map has input Gram \(r^{-2}I\). The success probability is therefore the same for every input, including entangled inputs.
For positive definite \(P\) on a bond of dimension \(r{\gt}0\) and \(Q=P^{-1}/r\), the source’s transpose expression satisfies
These metrics give an explicit candidate of joining norm \(r\). The assertion does not bound the appendix’s infimum restricted to physical cap Grams in [ 240 ] .
The matrices of initialized basis inclusions respect composition and products. The derived label bijection transports equal-range encodings exactly. Appending a compatible active joining code is the corresponding product basis inclusion.
For every blocking length \(L\), separating each blocked product letter by the canonical equivalence \(q\) gives the exact identity
The ordering of the two component words agrees with the independent tensor-product convention.
Assume \(d{\gt}0\), and let \(E\) be the normalized transfer matrix of \(\mathcal U\). After blocking \(L\) sites, the normalized physical diagonal of the double layer is exactly \(E^L\). More precisely, if
is the standard product encoding, then its entries are
Thus the row and column reindexings have the same explicit orientation. If \(\mathcal U\) is an MPU and \(D{\gt}1\), then at the stabilization exponent \(J\) this diagonal is the same reindexing of the rank-one projector \(|\rho )(\Phi |\).
Let \(\sigma ^{(1)},\sigma ^{(2)}\in \{ 1,-1\} \) and put \(\zeta =\sigma ^{(1)}\sigma ^{(2)}\). For every \(k\geq 1\),
This is the scalar conclusion of [ 16 , lines 1687 and 1730–1732 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor with \(d,D{\gt}0\), let \(E\) be the transfer matrix of its normalized flattening, and suppose that for some \(J\geq 0\) and some trace-one \(\rho \),
Then the normalized diagonal of the double layer of the direct length-\(JD^2\) block is the same rank-one matrix, after the standard product reindexing of the doubled bond.
For \(d\geq 2\), \(r{\gt}0\), and a positive definite joining metric, the packet admits an encoding whose prescribed reset vector is physical zero and an exact neighboring-pair circuit implementing the bond dilation on its entire encoded space. Its dimension is at most \(2d^3r^2\), and its gate count is at most \(38(2d^3r^2)^6\).
Every MPU of positive physical and bond dimensions becomes simple after blocking exactly \(D^2\) sites, and hence after blocking any \(k\geq D^2\) sites. The witnesses at length \(D^2\) are the normalized fixed vectors \(\Phi \) and \(\rho \) of the transfer matrix. Simplicity is preserved under every further iterated blocking by a positive factor and under a bijective relabeling of the physical basis.
The length \(D^2\) is the one stated in [ 246 , Theorem 2 ] ; [ 16 , Proposition III.3(ii) ] gives a length below \(D^4\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) have a reduced full-support canonical-form-II presentation. There is an integer \(k\) with \(0{\lt}k\leq D^2\) such that \(\mathcal U^{[k]}\) is simple and its two-site block has the open source standard form of Definition 18.9.25. If \(\eta _{d,k}\) identifies a word of length \(2k\) with two consecutive words of length \(k\), the corresponding physical relabeling satisfies
The source cuts and both gates are formed on the same tensor \(\mathcal U^{[k]}\), using the fixed matrix of the given presentation.
Let \(d,D{\gt}0\). If an MPO tensor \(\mathcal U\) has a canonical-form-II presentation in the sense of Definition 18.8.8, then its normalized flattening \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}=d^{-1/2}\mathcal U\) is a normal tensor. This is the normality assertion of [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] in the ambient convention (344).
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II, with recorded ambient right fixed matrix \(\rho \). For every positive physical blocking length \(p\), the blocked tensor \(\mathcal U^{[p]}\) is in canonical form II in the same bond coordinates, with full support and the same matrix \(\rho \). This is the positive-blocking assertion following [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] .
If an MPO tensor \(\mathcal U\) admits a canonical-form-II presentation, then its bond space is nonempty and its physical dimension is positive:
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU with physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\), and let \(E\) be the transfer matrix of its normalized flattening. Suppose that \(\rho \in M_{D}(\mathbb {C})\) is positive definite and diagonal and that, for some integer \(K\geq 0\),
Then \(\operatorname{tr}(\rho )=1\), and \(\mathcal U\) is in canonical form II in its original bond coordinates, with ambient right fixed matrix \(\rho \). This is the converse to the stabilized form of [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be MPUs in canonical form II, with recorded ambient right fixed matrices \(\rho _U\) and \(\rho _V\). Their independent tensor product is in canonical form II in the product bond coordinates. Its recorded matrix is
In particular, the product presentation has full support. This is the canonical-form-II consequence of the independent-product construction used in [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] ; the full-support convention is recorded in [ 58 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II with ambient fixed matrix \(\rho \), and put \(J=\max (D^2-1,1)\). Then
Let \(q:\{ 0,\ldots ,D{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,D{-}1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,D^2{-}1\} \) be the standard product encoding, let \(R\) be the normalized physical diagonal of the double layer \(\mathcal W(\mathcal U)\), and let \(\rho ',\Phi '\) be the vectorizations of \(\rho \) and of \(\Phi =\mathbb {1}_D\) in the doubled bond coordinates \(\{ 0,\ldots ,D^2{-}1\} \), that is \(\rho '_{q(m,n)}=\rho _{mn}\) and \(\Phi '_{q(m,n)}=(\mathbb {1}_D)_{mn}\). Then also
The exponent is positive in every bond dimension, so no separate one-dimensional branch is needed.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a canonical-form MPO tensor, and let \(Q\in M_{d}(\mathbb {C})\) be unitary. Then \(Q\mathcal U\), with \(Q\) acting on the physical output, is again in canonical form. Its canonical blocks have the same dimensions and weights, and the same ambient coisometry.
Let \(d,D\geq 1\) and let \(\mathcal U\) be a matrix product unitary tensor in canonical form. There is an invertible \(X\) on the bond space such that the tensor with letters \(XU^{ij}X^{-1}\) is in canonical form II; it generates the same operators.
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) have the same physical dimension and bond dimensions \(D\) and \(E\), respectively. Suppose \(\mathcal V\) is in canonical form II and their periodic operators agree at every positive length. Then there are matrices \(A\in \mathbb C^{E\times D}\) and \(B\in \mathbb C^{D\times E}\) such that, for every word \(w\) in the paired physical alphabet,
The empty word is included, so \(AB=I_E\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be matrix product unitaries on the same physical space, each in full-support canonical form II, with bond dimensions \(D_{\mathcal U}\) and \(D_{\mathcal V}\). Suppose that their periodic operators agree at every length \(N{\gt}1\):
Then \(D_{\mathcal U}=D_{\mathcal V}\), and, after identifying their bond spaces by this equality, there is a unitary \(z\in \mathrm U(D_{\mathcal V})\) such that, for every \(i,j\),
This is the virtual-bond implication underlying the local relation in [ 16 , Equations (SFuu) and (SFvv), lines 624–652 ] . The full-support convention is recorded in [ 58 ] .
Let \(U\) and \(V\) be full-support canonical-form-II tensors on the same physical space, possibly with different bond dimensions. If \(U^{(N)}=V^{(N)}\) for every \(N{\gt}1\), then their right and left source-cut ranks agree, and \(\operatorname {ind}(U)=\operatorname {ind}(V)\). This is a comparison of canonical representatives in the setting of [ 16 , Definition IV.1 and Proposition IV.2 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II. Its physical adjoint is again in canonical form II, and
This is the canonical-form-II representative case of the index-sign statement in the time-reversal discussion of [ 16 ] . It does not assert that \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U^\sharp \) generate the same MPU.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a matrix product unitary in full-support canonical form II, with bond dimension \(D\) and physical dimension \(d\). Its normalized flattening \(A^{ij}=d^{-1/2}U^{ij}\) is left-canonical:
This is the ambient normalization implicit in [ 16 , lines 269–281 and 344–356 ] .
Let \([0,1]\ni x\mapsto \mathcal U(x)\) be a continuous path of tensors of fixed physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\). Suppose that each \(\mathcal U(x)\) is in canonical form II. Then for all \(x,y\in [0,1]\),
This is the canonical-form-II path case of [ 16 , Proposition IV.5 ] . Its hypotheses are not comparable with those of Proposition 18.9.108: here each tensor of the path is in canonical form II, but no continuously varying source data are assumed; there the path may leave canonical form, but continuously varying source data at a common blocking length are assumed.
Let \(I,J\) be sets with \(J\) nonempty. Suppose \(a,b:I\to \mathbb C\) and \(t:J\to \mathbb C\) satisfy \(|t_j|=1\) and \(|a_i+b_it_j|=1\) for all \(i,j\). Then either \(a_i=0\) or \(b_i=0\) for every \(i\), or there are \(j_0,j_1\in J\) such that \(t_j\in \{ t_{j_0},t_{j_1}\} \) for every \(j\in J\).
Suppose a local circuit satisfies its complete clean identity on every logical input. Its placed circuit satisfies the same identity on the full logical register and restores the entire larger scratch pool to zero. If the local dimension \(d\) is positive and the local circuit has \(K\) gates, its routed circuit on \(n+A\) sites has at most \(2(n+A)K\) gates. No additional cleanup hypothesis is required for the placed circuit.
Every isometric one-site interval map admits a full logical unitary extension in these given product encodings, and an actual neighboring-pair circuit using one initialized scratch qudit. The scratch qudit returns to zero on every logical state. When both bond-register widths are at most \(q=\lceil \log _dD\rceil \) and \(D{\gt}0\), the dimension including scratch is at most \(d^4D^2\), and the gate cost is at most \(38(d^4D^2)^6\). The assertion also covers \(q=0\).
Initialized-workspace implementations compose and repeat using the same workspace. If \(J^\dagger J=I\) and \(U\) is unitary, \(UJ=JZ\) forces \(Z\) to be unitary and gives \(U^\dagger J=JZ^\dagger \). Thus inverse calls also return the workspace to its initialized state on every logical input. The identities persist after tensoring with an arbitrary finite reference identity.
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.mul
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.one
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.pow
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.conjTranspose
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.star
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.inv
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.mulVec
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.logical_mem_unitary
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.conjTranspose_of_isometry
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.kronecker_one
Let the local dimension satisfy \(d\geq 2\). The constructed circuit is unitary on the full register and, for every logical input, returns the temporary register to zero while applying \(I-2|0\rangle \langle 0|\) to the tested register. This is an exact equality of linear maps and costs at most \(K(d,a)\) neighboring-pair gates. Injective placement on an \(n\)-site chain costs at most \(2nK(d,a)\); all other logical sites are unrestricted. For an empty tested register the reflection is the global phase \(-I\), implemented by one neighboring-pair gate when \(n\geq 2\).
- QuantumCircuit.zeroRegisterReflection_mul_cleanEmbedding
- QuantumCircuit.zeroScratchPhaseLocal_mem_unitary
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_zeroScratchPhase
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_zeroRegisterReflection
- QuantumCircuit.zeroRegisterReflection_mem_unitary
- QuantumCircuit.zeroRegisterReflection_eq_diagonal
- QuantumCircuit.zeroRegisterReflection_apply_clean
- QuantumCircuit.zeroRegisterReflectionGateCount_eq
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_embedOp_zeroRegisterReflection
- QuantumCircuit.embedOp_zeroRegisterReflection_apply_clean
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_neg_one
Physical and input-output coordinate bijections transport exact initialized column identities. Input-column reindexing commutes with the normalized joining parent. A full clean implementation through an isometric initialized inclusion also determines the exact logical columns from its ambient columns.
Let \(d,D{\gt}0\). Every bond-\(D\) MPU tensor becomes simple after blocking exactly \(D^4\) sites. For each fixed \(L\), the map
is continuous. Consequently, if \(x\mapsto \mathcal W(x)\) is a continuous family of bond-\(D\) MPU tensors, then \(x\mapsto \mathcal W(x)_{D^4}\) is a continuous family of simple tensors. This provides the common-blocking step for Proposition 18.9.107.
The logical auxiliary register has \(A=2(N-1)(q+1)\) sites, and the complete register has
For \(D{\gt}0\) one has \(D\leq d^q\leq dD\). Every positive bond dimension \(r\leq D\) admits an injective encoding in its assigned \(q\) qudits, with bond label zero represented by physical zero. For \(N=1\) the layout has one site; pair-gate synthesis may append one initialized padding site.
- MPUCircuit.internalCutEmbedding_bounds
- MPUCircuit.card_bondRegisterSite
- MPUCircuit.card_amplificationFlagSite
- MPUCircuit.card_auxiliarySite
- MPUCircuit.card_logicalSite
- MPUCircuit.card_globalSite
- MPUCircuit.globalSiteCount_eq
- MPUCircuit.globalSiteCount_le
- MPUCircuit.physicalLogicalSites_apply
- MPUCircuit.auxiliaryLogicalSites_apply
- MPUCircuit.logicalGlobalSites_apply
- MPUCircuit.scratchGlobalSites_apply
- MPUCircuit.bondDim_le_registerCapacity
- MPUCircuit.registerCapacity_le_mul_bondDim
- MPUCircuit.bondRegisterEncoding_zero
Let \(\mathcal C\) be a real affine space of complex square matrices, and let \(Q{\gt}0\) satisfy \(\operatorname {Tr}(XQ)=1\) for all \(X\in \mathcal C\). Then \(\mathcal C\cap \{ X\succeq 0\} \) is compact. If this slice contains a positive definite matrix, its determinant has a positive definite maximizer. More generally, this last assertion holds for any compact set of positive semidefinite matrices containing a positive definite matrix.
Let \(M\in M_{m,n}(\mathbb {C})\) be a complex matrix of rank \(r\). There are matrices \(V\in M_{r,m}(\mathbb {C})\) and \(U\in M_{r,n}(\mathbb {C})\) and strictly positive real numbers \(s_0,\ldots ,s_{r-1}\) such that, for \(D=\operatorname{diag}(s_0,\ldots ,s_{r-1})\),
Thus no zero singular values occur in the intermediate space. This is the compact decomposition used in the standard-form construction of [ 16 , Section III ] .
Let a positive bond of dimension \(r\) have a zero-preserving encoding in \(q\) qudits, and let its joining metric be positive definite. There is an actual circuit on \(2q+2\) qudits implementing the bond dilation in precisely this product encoding, preserving the entire attenuation qudit. Its reset vector is all zero. For \(q=\lceil \log _dD\rceil \) and \(D{\gt}0\), the packet dimension is at most \(d^4D^2\) and its gate count is at most \(38(d^4D^2)^6\).
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondDilationCfg_left
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondDilationCfg_right
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondDilationCfg_dilation
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondDilationCfg_attenuation
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondDilationCfg_injective
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondDilationEmbedding_zero
- MPUCircuit.exists_compatibleNormalizedBondDilation_circuit
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondDilationPacket_dimension_le
- MPUCircuit.exists_compatibleNormalizedBondDilation_circuit_bounded
The complete register has at most \(5N(q+1)+1\) sites, where \(q\) is the bond-register width. Its physical basis inclusion is the physical configuration followed by zeros on the logical auxiliaries, scratch pool, and padding.
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be matrix product unitary tensors with the same physical dimension. Contracting the output index of \(\mathcal U\) with the input index of \(\mathcal V\) gives a matrix product unitary tensor whose periodic operator is \(U^{(N)}V^{(N)}\), in that order. This is the concatenation tensor \(\mathcal W\) in the proof of [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] .
Let \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V,\mathcal R\) be canonical-form-II tensors of physical dimension \(d\). Suppose \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) are simple, \(\mathcal R_4\) is simple, and \(\mathcal R\) is a rectangular reduction of \(\mathcal U\mathbin {\cdot }\mathcal V\). Then
Let \(x\) and \(y\) be unitary matrices over \(\mathbb C\), indexed by nonempty finite sets, whose entrywise conjugates satisfy
Then there is a sign \(\sigma \in \{ 1,-1\} \) with
Equivalently, either \(x=x^T\) and \(y=y^T\), or \(x=-x^T\) and \(y=-y^T\). This is the algebraic conclusion in [ 16 , lines 1033–1038 ] .
Fix physical and virtual dimensions \(d,D\), and a matrix \(Q\in M_{d}(\mathbb {C})\). The map \(\mathcal U\mapsto Q\mathcal U\), acting on the output physical leg, is continuous on the space of local tensors. If \(Q^2=I\), this map is an involution.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU with physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\), and let \(N{\gt}1\). Every closed product of \(N\) identity and residual coefficients that contains at least one residual coefficient has zero trace. If the normalized diagonal is rank one, then every nonempty residual word \(P\) satisfies
The same conclusion holds after blocking \(J{\gt}0\) sites whenever the \(J\)th normalized transfer power is \(|\rho )(\Phi |\), with both virtual indices reindexed by \(q^{-1}:\{ 0,\ldots ,D^2{-}1\} \longrightarrow \{ 0,\ldots ,D{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,D{-}1\} \).
Let \(n,t\geq 1\) and \(U=\sum _{y\in \{ 0,1\} ^n}|y\rangle \langle y|\otimes V(y)\) be a unitary with an open-boundary matrix product representation of maximal bond dimension \(D\), where \(V(y)\) acts on \(t\) qubits. Put \(N=n+t\). For \(0{\lt}\varepsilon {\lt}1\), there is a nonuniform circuit of \(\operatorname {poly}(N,D,2^t,\log (1/\varepsilon ))\) one- and two-qubit gates whose implemented physical unitary \(\widetilde U\) satisfies \(\| \widetilde U-U\| \leq \varepsilon \). The number of auxiliary qubits has the same polynomial bound, and all auxiliaries return exactly to zero. In particular, \(t\leq c\log _2N\) for a fixed \(c\) gives polynomial resources in \(N,D,\log (1/\varepsilon )\).
Let \(A\) and \(B\) be matrices over a field with compatible middle index set of cardinality \(D\) and a finite column set for \(B\). Suppose every entry of \(AB\) belongs to a nonempty finite set \(S\). The set of distinct rows of \(AB\) is finite and has cardinality at most \(|S|^D\). In particular, zero-one entries give at most \(2^D\) distinct rows.
Let \(M\) have an arbitrary row set and a finite column set over a field. Suppose every entry belongs to a finite set \(S\). The set of distinct rows is finite and has cardinality at most \(|S|^{\operatorname {rank}M}\). If also \(S\) is nonempty and \(\operatorname {rank}M\leq D\), this number is at most \(|S|^D\).
Let \(M\) be a matrix over a field \(K\), indexed by an arbitrary row set \(I\) and a finite column set \(J\). There is a subset \(J_0\subseteq J\) of cardinality \(\operatorname {rank}M\) such that two rows of \(M\) are equal whenever they agree at every column in \(J_0\).
One has \(\operatorname {Tr}(Q\mathcal T_\rho (P)) =\operatorname {Tr}(\rho K(P,Q))\) for every \(\rho \). If this value is one for every density matrix \(\rho \), then \(K(P,Q)=I\). More generally, any complex matrix \(K\) satisfying \(\operatorname {Tr}(\rho K)=1\) for every density matrix is the identity; no Hermitian hypothesis on \(K\) is required.
For consecutive intervals \(A,B\), the transfer of their concatenation with input \(\rho \otimes \sigma \) is \(\mathcal T^B_\sigma (\mathcal T^A_\rho (P))\). In particular, \(P_{FA}(\rho \otimes \sigma )=\mathcal T^A_\sigma (P_F(\rho ))\).
The inclusions satisfy the following identities, with the second holding for distinct \(k\) and \(\ell \):
If \(B^i=\bigoplus _k\mu _k A_k^i\) is a weighted block-diagonal tensor, then
For a nonsingular complex square matrix \(P\) and any matrix \(H\),
If \(P{\gt}0\) maximizes the determinant on the positive semidefinite part of a real affine space \(\mathcal C\) of Hermitian matrices, then \(\operatorname {Tr}(P^{-1}(X-P))=0\) for every \(X\in \mathcal C\).
For every blocking length \(L\), physical adjunction commutes with blocking, and consequently
The virtual order is unchanged on both sides.
For any tensor \(\mathcal U\) and scalar \(c\in \mathbb C\), \((c\mathcal U)^\sharp =\overline c\, \mathcal U^\sharp \). If \(\overline c c=1\), the double layers of \(c\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal U\) agree.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU of positive physical and bond dimensions, and let \(\mathcal A\) be its double-layer algebra. The normalized diagonal \(E\) has trace one. Every nonempty word satisfies
Consequently \(\operatorname{tr}(ab)=\operatorname{tr}(a)\operatorname{tr}(b)\) for all \(a,b\in \mathcal A\).
If \(Y\) has a right inverse \(Z\), so that \(YZ=\mathbb {1}\), then for every square matrix \(G\) on the row space of \(Y\),
The dual metric is positive definite and satisfies
If \(\operatorname {Tr}(P^{-1}(X-P))=0\), then \(\operatorname {Tr}(XQ)=1\).
Suppose the actual joint output inclusion has its derived product-coordinate description and the joining metric is positive definite. Returning the encoded normalized joining contraction to the original physical coordinates gives exactly the weighted parent interval columns. Both shared bond labels and joining flags are reset to zero. Arbitrary outside configurations are retained. The parent-column and reset equalities are consequences, rather than additional assumptions.
For \(d\geq 2\) and \(r\geq 1\), a bond basis embeds in \(q=\lceil \log _d r\rceil \) qudits with its zero label represented by the all-zero configuration, and \(r\leq d^q\leq dr\). Two encoded bonds of dimensions \(r,s\) and one physical site have padded dimension at most \(d^3rs\). The same bound holds after increasing the packet to at least two sites for pair-gate synthesis.
Given exact input and output coordinate identities, transport the actual joint child columns to the compatible encoded joining columns. The normalized parent remains an isometry under input reindexing and addition of arbitrary spectator identity factors.
Let \(d\geq 2\), \(r{\gt}0\), and \(P{\gt}0\). Encode each bond label in \(q\) qudits with its distinguished label represented by physical zero. Suppose that two child circuits implement full logical unitaries with the same initialized workspace, that their initialized product columns equal the prescribed encoding of \(V\), and that \(r(I\otimes M_P)V\) is an isometry. Let \(b\) be the number of flags initialized at the parent input and let the common workspace contain at least \(\max (b,2)\) qudits. Then an actual pair-gate circuit implements the encoded normalized parent exactly on those input columns. It also implements a full logical unitary, and its adjoint implements the adjoint logical unitary with the same workspace returned exactly to zero on every logical input. If \(K_1,K_2\) are the child costs and \(M\) is the joining cost, its gate count is
where \(R_b,R_2\) are the actual common-workspace reflection costs. The success probability is derived from the normalized parent isometry; it is not an additional assumption. The same full logical unitary is supported in any set containing both child supports, the initialized input flags, and the joining packet, including on padded logical states.
- MPUCircuit.embedOp_suffix_eq_reindex
- MPUCircuit.initializedBasisMatrix_appendBasisEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.isCleanImplementation_embedOp_suffix
- MPUCircuit.embedOp_prefix_eq_reindex
- MPUCircuit.isCleanImplementation_embedOp_prefix
- MPUCircuit.compatibleBondDilationEmbedding_eq_append
- MPUCircuit.isCleanImplementation_oneSiteBasis
- MPUCircuit.isCleanImplementation_compatible_attenuation
- MPUCircuit.exists_compatible_merging_preparation_circuit
- MPUCircuit.exists_placed_compatible_merging_preparation_circuit
- MPUCircuit.joiningSuccessProjection_merging_preparation
- MPUCircuit.diagonal_mul_initializedBasisMatrix
- MPUCircuit.appendBasisEmbedding_merging_flags
- MPUCircuit.mergingFlagProjection_mul_encoded_basis
- MPUCircuit.encoded_merging_preparation_success
- MPUCircuit.isCleanImplementation_zeroWorkspace_empty
- MPUCircuit.exists_clean_encoded_merging_preparation
- MPUCircuit.success_gram_of_encoded_columns
- MPUCircuit.exists_encoded_uniform_merging_circuit
A finite unitary whose minimal physical cut ranks are at most \(D\) admits simultaneous zero-preserving encodings at all cuts in precisely their allocated registers. Both endpoint ranks are derived to be one; no endpoint rank witness is required. Consequently the entire endpoint label space is represented by the unique empty configuration.
- MPUCircuit.cutBondDim_le_registerCapacity
- MPUCircuit.cutBondRegisterEncoding_zero
- MPUCircuit.minimalCutRank_eq_one_of_endpoint
- MPUCircuit.minimalCutBondRegisterEncoding_zero
- MPUCircuit.minimalCutBondDim_le_registerCapacity
- MPUCircuit.minimalCutBondRegisterEncoding_endpoint
- MPUCircuit.exists_minimalCut_bondEncodings_of_unitary
If the physical matrix of a scalar-bond prefix is an isometry, then \(P_F(\rho )=\operatorname {Tr}(\rho )I\) for every complex input matrix \(\rho \). For a nonzero input space, both its physical Gram set and real affine hull equal \(\{ I\} \). This also holds for the empty prefix. The one-dimensional identity is its own dual metric.
- MPUCircuit.intervalInputGram_scalar_bonds
- MPUCircuit.prefixInputGram_eq_trace_smul_one_of_isIsometry
- MPUCircuit.densityPrefixGrams_eq_singleton_one_of_isIsometry
- MPUCircuit.prefixGramAffineHull_eq_singleton_one_of_isIsometry
- MPUCircuit.emptyPrefixCap_isIsometry
- MPUCircuit.emptyPrefixCap_prefixGramAffineHull
- MPUCircuit.dualGramMetric_one_of_card_eq_one
- MPUCircuit.dualGramMetric_one_unit
For \(r\geq 1\),
Thus the merger success amplitude \(1/r\) can be attenuated to the prescribed exact angle, with at most \(r\) amplification rounds.
Let \(J\) be an initialized isometric inclusion. Suppose an actual child circuit of cost \(K\) implements a logical unitary \(Z\) cleanly along \(J\), and actual reflection circuits of costs \(B,L\) implement \(I-2EE^\dagger \) and \(I-2P\) cleanly along the same \(J\). Here \(E\) is an isometry and \(P\) an orthogonal projection. If
the amplified circuit has cost \(\ell (1+2K+B+L)+K\) and acts exactly as normalized postselection on the columns \(JE\). It also implements a full logical unitary cleanly along \(J\), so its adjoint may use the same workspace. The supplied circuits are the induction data for this assembly statement.
Suppose \(G^\dagger G=H^\dagger H=I\), \(G^\dagger H=0\), \(PG=G\) and \(PH=0\). For all real \(\theta ,\phi \) and \(k\geq 0\),
In particular, for \(\ell \geq 0\) and \(\theta =\pi /(4\ell +2)\), \(Q_\theta ^\ell V_\theta =G\) exactly, with no residual phase.
Let \(V^\dagger V=I\), let \(P\) be an orthogonal projection, and suppose \(V^\dagger PV=r^{-2}I\), with \(r\geq 1\). Attenuation by \(0{\lt}t_r\leq 1\) and \(\ell (r)\leq r\) reflection rounds give exactly
The equality includes the phase and holds on all coherent inputs.
If the two child circuits each cost at most \(T\), the joining primitive costs at most \(M\), and each reflection costs at most \(F\), exact amplification at a bond of dimension at most \(D\) costs at most
A numerical recurrence \(T_{j+1}\leq RT_j+C\) with \(R\geq 2\) and \(T_0\leq a\) satisfies, at balanced height \(L=\lceil \log _2N\rceil \),
For \(D{\gt}0\), the branching exponent satisfies \(\lceil \log _2(4D+2)\rceil \leq \lceil \log _2D\rceil +3\). These assertions are numerical consequences of the stated recurrence.
Let \(d\geq 2\) and \(N\geq 2\), and let \(U\) be a unitary whose consecutive operator cut ranks are at most \(D\). There is an exact neighboring two-qudit circuit with at most
gates, where \(c(d,D)\) is the explicit polynomial coefficient in the uniform resource estimate. All initialized logical auxiliary and scratch qudits are returned to zero, and the physical action has the exact phase of \(U\).
Let \(L,R\in \mathbb C^{D\times D}\) and let \(\operatorname {vec}\) stack matrix columns, so
Then the rank-one doubled-virtual matrix satisfies
No adjoint or normalization factor occurs in the contraction result. The binary map \((\mathcal W,E)\mapsto C(\mathcal W,E)\), the map \(\mathcal W\mapsto E(\mathcal W)\), and consequently the map \(\mathcal W\mapsto \widehat{\mathcal W}_{\mathrm{ff}}\) are continuous. If \(d{\gt}0\) and the normalized transfer map satisfies \(\mathcal E_{\mathcal W}(X)=\operatorname{tr}(LX)R\) for every \(X\), then \(\widehat W_{\mathrm{ff}}^{ij}=LW^{ij}R\). Consequently, for a continuous family \(\mathcal W(x)\) with pointwise trace factors \(L(x),R(x)\), the tensors \(L(x)W^{ij}(x)R(x)\) are continuous, whether or not the factors themselves are chosen continuously. These assertions neither choose \(L\) and \(R\) continuously nor infer their positivity. They make no claim about reduced representatives or constancy of ranks.
- MPOTensor.doubledVirtualContraction_vecMulVec
- MPOTensor.doubledVirtualContraction_vecMulVec_vec
- MPOTensor.continuous_doubledVirtualContraction
- MPOTensor.continuous_doubleLayerTensor
- MPOTensor.continuous_normalizedDiagonal
- MPOTensor.continuous_normalizedDiagonal_doubleLayerTensor
- MPOTensor.factorFreeSandwich_eq_of_trace_pair
- MPOTensor.continuous_factorFreeSandwich
- MPOTensor.continuous_virtualSandwich_of_trace_pair
- Continuous.factorFreeSandwich
The operators obtained by contracting \((FA)G\) and \(F(AG)\) differ only by reassociation of their physical index triples. Global isometry is preserved by this reassociation.
For every system size \(N\), the sitewise configuration bijection identifies the finite-size operator with
Under the hypotheses of Theorem 18.9.93, if \(S\subseteq X\) is preconnected, then for all \(x,y\in S\),
In particular, both functions are constant when \(X\) is preconnected and when \(X=[0,1]\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be simple tensors in canonical form II of the same bond dimension with \(U^{(N)}=V^{(N)}\) for every \(N\ge 2\). Then \(\mathcal V=z\, \mathcal U\, z^\dagger \) letterwise for a unitary \(z\), the source ranks of the two tensors agree, and after identifying the rank spaces there are unitaries \(x\) on \(\mathbb C^{\ell }\) and \(y\) on \(\mathbb C^{r}\) with \(u_{\mathcal V}=(x\otimes y)u_{\mathcal U}\) and \(v_{\mathcal V}=v_{\mathcal U}(y^\dagger \otimes x^\dagger )\), the gates being those of the selected factorizations.
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be simple tensors in canonical form II of the same bond dimension whose selected source gates satisfy, after an identification of the rank spaces, \(u_{\mathcal V}=(x\otimes y)u_{\mathcal U}\) and \(v_{\mathcal V}=v_{\mathcal U}(y^\dagger \otimes x^\dagger )\) for unitaries \(x\), \(y\). Then \(U^{(2N)}=V^{(2N)}\) for every \(N\ge 1\). The same holds for any two tensors carrying two-site standard-form data with gates so related on the same internal legs.
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be tensors in canonical form II with bond dimensions \(D_1\) and \(D_2\). Then \(U^{(N)}=V^{(N)}\) for every \(N\ge 2\) if and only if \(D_1=D_2\) and there is a unitary \(z\) on \(\mathbb C^{D_1}\) with \(V^{ij}=zU^{ij}z^\dagger \) for all \(i,j\).
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a matrix product unitary in canonical form II with \(\rho \) its fixed matrix, and let the factors and gates be built from any compact decompositions of its two source cuts. Then \(u\) is an isometry; \(\mathcal U\) is simple if and only if \(u\) is unitary, if and only if \(v\) is unitary; if \(\mathcal U\) is simple, its two-site block carries standard-form data with these gates; and if \(\mathcal U\), \(\mathcal V\) are simple, in canonical form II, of the same bond dimension, with equal periodic operators at every length greater than one, then for any decompositions of the cuts of each there are identifications of the rank spaces and unitaries \(x\), \(y\) with \(u_{\mathcal V}=(x\otimes y)u_{\mathcal U}\) and \(v_{\mathcal V}=v_{\mathcal U}(y^\dagger \otimes x^\dagger )\); conversely, gates so related give equal operators on every ring of even length. The two-site operator is \(v\) times the swapped \(u\) for the factors of any decomposition, and the factor relations under a bond unitary hold for any decompositions of the two tensors. Standard-form data transport along gate gauges: from data with gates \(u,v\) and unitaries \(x\), \(y\) one obtains data with gates \((x\otimes y)u\), \(v(y^\dagger \otimes x^\dagger )\).
- MPOTensor.TwoSiteStandardFormData.ofGateGauges
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.sourceU_sourceFactorsOf_isIsometry
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.isMPUSimple_iff_sourceU_sourceFactorsOf_isUnitaryBetween
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.isMPUSimple_iff_sourceV_sourceFactorsOf_isUnitaryBetween
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.exists_twoSiteStandardFormData_sourceFactorsOf
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.exists_source_gate_unitary_gauges_of_mpo_eq_sourceFactorsOf
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.mpo_two_reindex_eq_sourceV_mul_sourceU_swap
- MPOTensor.exists_source_factor_unitary_gauges_of_virtualSandwich
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.exists_selected_source_factor_unitary_gauges_sourceFactorsOf
- MPOTensor.IsMPUCanonicalFormII.mpo_two_mul_eq_of_source_gate_gauges_sourceFactorsOf
Fix \(d\geq 2\). Let \(U\) be a unitary on \(N\geq 1\) qudits of consecutive operator Schmidt ranks at most \(D\). It has an exact circuit of neighboring two-qudit gates with gate count
and \(O_d(N\log (D+1))\) auxiliary qudits which begin and end exactly in zero. The same form of bound holds on a line. In particular, both exact and arbitrarily accurate operator-norm circuit implementations have polynomial resources at fixed \(D\).
Let \(N\geq 1\) and let \(U\) be an \(N\)-qubit unitary of consecutive operator cut ranks at most \(D\). For \(0{\lt}\varepsilon {\lt}1\), there are a nonuniform circuit unitary \(W\) and a clean auxiliary embedding \(J\psi =\psi \otimes |0\cdots 0\rangle \) with \(\| WJ-JU\| \leq \varepsilon \). For fixed \(D\), both gate and auxiliary-qubit counts are at most
This bounds the auxiliary output error, without asserting exact auxiliary erasure or a bound on arbitrary auxiliary inputs.
For arbitrary matrices \(\rho ,\tau \), one has
Both cap Grams are positive semidefinite for positive semidefinite inputs. If \(U^\dagger U=I\), their pairing equals \(\operatorname {Tr}\rho \operatorname {Tr}\tau \). In particular, the maximally mixed suffix input normalizes every trace-one prefix input. The rectangular prefix formula agrees with the one-row prefix Gram above.
Let \(x{\gt}0\). After adjoining an identity ancilla of dimension \(x\), the normalized flattening is the physical reindexing of the original flattening with a normalized diagonal ancilla alphabet. Its transfer map is exactly the original transfer map. Consequently, chosen canonical-form-II data with full support determine canonical-form-II data with full support for \(\mathcal U^{(x)}=\mathcal U\otimes \mathbb {1}_x\).
The product-index equivalence has the orientation
This result preserves the normalized transfer data.
Let \(d{\gt}0\). The bond-one tensor generating the identity operator has a canonical-form-II presentation with fixed matrix \(\rho =1\). For every canonical-form-II presentation of this tensor,
This follows from the index definition of [ 16 , Definition IV.1 ] ; it is distinct from the source’s later examples of three two-spin tensors with vanishing index.
If a unitary \(U\) has a \(K\)-gate circuit and reflection about \(EE^\dagger \) has an \(L\)-gate circuit, then reflection about \((UE)(UE)^\dagger \) has a \((2K+L)\)-gate circuit, since
A \(K\)-gate circuit repeated \(k\) times costs at most \(kK\). On \(n\geq 2\) sites of positive local dimension \(d\), an amplification round with reflection costs \(K,L\) costs at most \(2n+K+L\), including its phase.
Pulling an initialized input encoding back along a site bijection transports its image to the zero-flag inclusion on the transported selected sites. This gives the complete initialized input subspace, retaining arbitrary configurations outside the selected flags.
For any injective basis encoding, its range projection is the diagonal indicator of its encoded configurations. Consequently, the selected-flag inclusion has
This is an orthogonal projection, and the reversible selected-zero circuit reflects it exactly. For \(d\geq 2\), an \(n\geq 2\) logical register and a scratch pool of size \(A\) at least the number of selected flags, an actual circuit implements \(I-2EE^\dagger \) with the selected-reflection gate bound and returns the whole pool to zero on every logical input. No reflection identity or circuit decomposition is assumed.
- QuantumCircuit.initializedBasisMatrix_mul_conjTranspose
- QuantumCircuit.zeroFlagEmbedding_apply_selected
- QuantumCircuit.mem_range_zeroFlagEmbedding_iff
- QuantumCircuit.zeroFlagEmbedding_range_projection
- QuantumCircuit.isStarProjection_zeroFlagEmbedding_range
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterLogical_eq_subspaceReflection
- QuantumCircuit.exists_isPairProduct_isCleanImplementation_zeroFlagReflection
A basis inclusion is an isometry, and multiplication by it selects the corresponding columns. For an isometry \(V\), injective input and output encodings in a register of \(n\geq 2\) qudits of dimension \(d\geq 2\) give an exact circuit \(U\) with \(UJ_{\rm in}=J_{\rm out}V\) and at most \(38(d^n)^6\) gates. When \(V\) is a logical unitary and the two inclusions coincide, this is an initialized-workspace implementation. The constructed zero-register reflection also satisfies this complete logical-space identity.
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and let \(\mathcal U\) be an injective MPU tensor of bond dimension \(D\). There are a canonical-form-II tensor \(\mathcal V\) of the same bond dimension and an invertible matrix \(X\) such that, for every \(N{\gt}0\),
This combines the canonical replacement in [ 16 , lines 319–356 ] with the equality case of [ 221 , Proposition 20 ] .
The input and output maps are injective and agree with all of their recorded physical and boundary coordinates. The output has every strict-interior auxiliary exactly zero. Both maps include the zero-width endpoint registers. Consecutive child packets are disjoint and their site enumerations have precisely the prescribed interval supports.
- MPUCircuit.intervalPacketSites_range
- MPUCircuit.intervalPacketSites_disjoint
- MPUCircuit.intervalPacketLogicalSite_mem
- MPUCircuit.intervalPacketLogicalSite_surjective
- MPUCircuit.intervalPhysicalZeroConfig_physical
- MPUCircuit.intervalBoundaryConfig_right
- MPUCircuit.intervalBoundaryConfig_left
- MPUCircuit.intervalBoundaryConfig_physical
- MPUCircuit.intervalBoundaryConfig_interior
Every set of logical auxiliary sites has cardinality at most the total number of allocated auxiliaries. In particular, the interior auxiliary sites of an interval, its two joining bond registers and two joining flags, and all auxiliaries initialized at its input fit in the common workspace. Their finite selections are constructed, and testing the selected consecutive coordinates for zero is equivalent to testing the original logical support.
- MPUCircuit.card_logicalAuxiliarySupport_le
- MPUCircuit.intervalInteriorAuxiliarySupport_subset_auxiliary_range
- MPUCircuit.joiningAuxiliarySupport_subset_auxiliary_range
- MPUCircuit.intervalAuxiliaryInitializationSupport_subset_auxiliary_range
- MPUCircuit.card_intervalInteriorAuxiliarySupport_le
- MPUCircuit.card_joiningAuxiliarySupport_le
- MPUCircuit.card_intervalAuxiliaryInitializationSupport_le
- MPUCircuit.logicalSupportSites_range
- MPUCircuit.logicalSupportSites_initialized_iff
For adjacent nonempty child intervals \(\lbrack j,m)\) and \(\lbrack m,k)\), their logical supports are disjoint. Their union together with the two amplification flags at \(m\) is exactly the parent support. Operators supported on the two child intervals commute. The parent interior is initialized precisely when both child interiors and all joining auxiliaries are initialized. A leaf has no interior auxiliary sites, and its packet placement is injective with range exactly its interval support. Thus no neighboring bond register is borrowed at an endpoint.
- MPUCircuit.intervalLogicalSupport_disjoint
- MPUCircuit.joiningFlagSupport_disjoint_left
- MPUCircuit.joiningFlagSupport_disjoint_right
- MPUCircuit.intervalLogicalSupport_split
- MPUCircuit.cutBondRegisterWidth_le
- MPUCircuit.cutBondRegisterWidth_internal
- MPUCircuit.cutBondSiteEmbedding_disjoint
- MPUCircuit.cutBondSiteEmbedding_mem_left
- MPUCircuit.cutBondSiteEmbedding_mem_right
- MPUCircuit.leafLogicalSiteEmbedding_mem
- MPUCircuit.leafPacketSites_mem
- MPUCircuit.intervalConsecutiveSupport_disjoint
- MPUCircuit.interval_supportedOperators_commute
- MPUCircuit.cutBondSiteEmbedding_range_iff
- MPUCircuit.leafLogicalSiteEmbedding_range
- MPUCircuit.leafPacketSites_range
- MPUCircuit.cutBondRegisterWidth_zero
- MPUCircuit.cutBondRegisterWidth_last
- MPUCircuit.intervalInteriorAuxiliarySupport_split
- MPUCircuit.intervalInteriorAuxiliarySupport_leaf
- MPUCircuit.isIntervalInteriorInitialized_split
- MPUCircuit.intervalLogicalSupport_full
- MPUCircuit.isIntervalInteriorInitialized_leaf
- MPUCircuit.leafConsecutiveSites_range
- MPUCircuit.leaf_embedOp_mem_supportedOperators
Let \(Q,X\) be complex matrices indexed by the same finite set, and let \(F\) be a map on that matrix space. If \(Q^2=I\) and \(F(QX)=F(X)Q\), then
The two shared bond registers and both joining flags lie inside the parent interval support. Consequently the range of the actual ordered joining packet is contained in that support.
Multiplication of an initialized basis inclusion by the reset columns selects its prescribed reset label. The same identity retains every spectator configuration in the regrouped joining tensor.
The normalized joining contraction commutes with the spectator identity after this regrouping. Thus its isometry follows from the actual normalized parent isometry. The regrouped child tensor is precisely the actual weighted child Kronecker tensor, with every spectator coordinate retained.
Suppose the two child packets are disjoint and their individual column identities are \(XE_g=E_{g'}V\) and \(YE_h=E_{h'}W\). Placing the child operators in the complete register gives the joint column identity with output map \(V\otimes W\otimes I\), for every encoded spectator state. No extra joint column identity is assumed. In these coordinates the product of the placed operators is exactly \(X\otimes Y\otimes I\).
- MPUCircuit.mul_embedOp_disjoint_apply
- MPUCircuit.placedConfigEquiv_fst
- MPUCircuit.placedConfigEquiv_snd
- MPUCircuit.jointPlacedConfigEquiv_left
- MPUCircuit.jointPlacedConfigEquiv_right
- MPUCircuit.jointPlacedConfigEquiv_snd
- MPUCircuit.agreeOffPair_iff_outside_eq
- MPUCircuit.reindex_mul_embedOp_of_disjoint
- MPUCircuit.initializedBasisMatrix_jointPlacedBasisEmbedding
- MPUCircuit.jointPlacedColumns_of_individual
The joining flags lie outside both child packets. The joint output inclusion, with these outside flags initialized, has both joining flags equal to zero.
Let a Lie algebra \(L\) act nilpotently on a finite-dimensional vector space \(V\) over a field \(K\). Write \(C_r(L,V)\) for the \(r\)th term of the lower central series of this action. Then
Suppose that an MPS tensor \(A\) is left-canonical:
Then for every \(L\geq 0\) its blocked tensor is left-canonical:
If \(e\) is a bijection of physical alphabets, then \(e^*A\) is left-canonical if and only if \(A\) is:
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU of positive physical and bond dimensions. Suppose that \(\rho \) has trace one and that, for some positive integer \(J\), the normalized transfer matrix satisfies
Put \(K=JD^2\). After the standard product reindexing of the physical coordinates, the direct length-\(K\) block satisfies the contractions (11) and (12) with the specific witnesses \(\rho \) and \(\mathbb {1}\) from this transfer-power identity.
If \(P\) and \(Q\) are orthogonal projections, then \(\widetilde P\) is an orthogonal projection and
There is also an invertible matrix \(Y\) satisfying \(\widetilde P QY=\widetilde P\).
Let \(U\) be a finite unitary, with \(d{\gt}0\) and \(N{\gt}0\). Its minimal cut bases admit positive definite metrics which normalize every interval \([j,k]\), simultaneously for all \(0\leq j\leq k\leq N\). The interval matrices satisfy \(A_{j,l}=A_{j,k}A_{k,l}\), with physical configurations concatenated. The statement includes inputs entangled among the interval sites; it requires no externally chosen interval isometries.
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientMatrix_interval
- MPSPreparation.cutIntervalSliceLinearMap_maps_columnSpace
- MPSPreparation.cutPrefixMatrix_interval
- MPSPreparation.cutIntervalSlice_column
- MPSPreparation.cutSuffixMatrix_interval
- MPSPreparation.joinCutPrefix_assoc
- MPSPreparation.cutIntervalSlice_comp
- MPSPreparation.cutIntervalMatrix_comp
- MPSPreparation.cutIntervalMatrix_adjacent
- MPUCircuit.prefixInputGram_physical_reindex
- MPUCircuit.densityPrefixGrams_physical_reindex
- MPUCircuit.prefixGramAffineHull_physical_reindex
- MPUCircuit.pairPhysicalConfig_joinCutPrefix
- MPUCircuit.minimalOperatorPrefix_concat
- MPUCircuit.prefixGramAffineHull_minimalOperatorPrefix_concat
- MPUCircuit.minimalOperatorInterval_isometry_of_cut_metrics
- MPUCircuit.pairPhysicalConfig_joinCutInterval
- MPUCircuit.minimalOperatorInterval_comp
- MPUCircuit.exists_simultaneous_balanced_interval_isometries_of_unitary
Every finite unitary on a positive-length chain with \(d{\gt}0\) admits endpoint-compatible minimal cut bases and a simultaneous family of balanced positive metrics. At cut \(j\), the metric \(P_j\) belongs to the actual prefix Gram affine hull, \(P_j\) and \(Q_j=P_j^{-1}/r_j\) are positive definite,
No factorization, spanning, isometry, or metric witnesses need to be supplied.
Suppose the physical input spaces are nonzero. If the prefix rows span \(\mathbb C^r\), their maximally mixed Gram is positive definite, providing a positive definite point in both \(\mathcal S_F\) and \(\mathcal C_F\). If the suffix columns span \(\mathbb C^r\), their maximally mixed Gram is positive definite. Under global isometry, it provides a positive definite trace normalizer for every trace-one prefix input.
- MPUPrefixGram.prefixGram_normalizedIdentity_posDef_of_span_eq_top
- MPUPrefixGram.suffixGram_normalizedIdentity_posDef_of_span_eq_top
- MPUPrefixGram.exists_posDef_prefixInputGram_normalizer_of_isIsometry
- MPUPrefixGram.exists_posDef_mem_densityPrefixGrams_of_span_eq_top
- MPUPrefixGram.exists_posDef_mem_prefixGramAffineHull_of_span_eq_top
For a nonzero tensor of positive length, the endpoint bases can be chosen as \(1\) and \(\psi \). Successive slice matrices reconstruct prefix evaluation. Their full product between the zero endpoint coordinates is then exactly \(\psi \) at the given configuration, provided each intermediate rank fits the padding dimension. Thus the resulting rectangular open-boundary chain has exactly the original coefficients, including their normalization and phase.
- MPSPreparation.exists_cutBasisFamily_with_endpoints
- MPSPreparation.cutEvaluationMatrix_apply
- MPSPreparation.cutEvaluationMap_step
- MPSPreparation.cutEvaluationMatrix_step
- MPSPreparation.cutEvaluationMatrix_eq_initial_mul_eval
- MPSPreparation.initialCutEvaluation_row
- MPSPreparation.initialCutEvaluation_mul_apply
- MPSPreparation.cutPrefixChain_eval_entry
- MPSPreparation.minimalCutChain_coeff
At every cut, \(C_k=F_kG_k\) and \(\operatorname {rank}F_k=\operatorname {rank}G_k=r_k\). The prefix rows and suffix columns both span the bond space. Fixing the next letter gives the corresponding multiplication by its site matrix. The normalized endpoint factors are one. All these factors and spanning properties can be chosen together with the exact minimal open-boundary representation.
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientMatrix_eq_prefix_mul_suffix
- MPSPreparation.cutPrefixMatrix_rank
- MPSPreparation.cutSuffixMatrix_rank
- MPSPreparation.cutPrefixMatrix_rows_and_cutSuffixMatrix_cols_span
- MPSPreparation.cutPrefixMatrix_step
- MPSPreparation.cutSlice_column
- MPSPreparation.cutSuffixMatrix_step
- MPSPreparation.minimalCutChain_cutCoefficientMatrix_factorization
- MPSPreparation.cutPrefixMatrix_zero
- MPSPreparation.cutSuffixMatrix_last
- MPSPreparation.exists_obcChainTensor_minimal_factorizations
If \(X\) has \(r\) columns, \(Y\) has \(r\) rows and \(\operatorname {rank}(XY)=r\), then the rows of \(X\) and columns of \(Y\) span \(\mathbb C^r\). The physical cut coefficient matrix factors through the virtual bond in precisely this way. Consequently, cut ranks equal to the two virtual dimensions imply all four spanning conditions for \(F,AG,FA,G\). The two cut matrices contain the same physical coefficients, grouped at their respective cuts.
For \(d\geq 2\) and \(N{\gt}0\), a finite unitary with consecutive operator Schmidt ranks at most \(D\) admits one minimal open representation, one family of balanced positive cut metrics, and exact circuits for every weighted single-site interval of that same family. The endpoint metrics equal one and the full weighted interval equals the original unitary, including its complex phase. Each leaf circuit implements a unitary extension on its entire padded logical packet, using one workspace qudit which it returns to zero on every logical input. For left and right register widths \(q_-,q_+\), its gate count is at most \(38\bigl(d^{2+q_-+q_+}\bigr)^6\).
Let \(d\geq 2\) and \(N\geq 2\). A finite unitary with consecutive operator Schmidt ranks at most \(D\) admits coherent normalized interval metrics and exact leaf circuits placed in the complete register. Every logical leaf unitary acts only on its interval support. Its complete circuit returns the entire common workspace to zero on every logical input, with gate count at most
where \(n_{\mathrm{tot}}\) is the total number of physical, bond, flag, and workspace qudits.
Adjoining a letter on the prefix or suffix side gives the same coefficient, and joining the two restrictions of a configuration recovers \(\psi \). Each coordinate slice maps \(E_{k+1}\) into \(E_k\), and \(\dim E_k=r_k\). If \(\psi \ne 0\), every \(r_k\) is positive; at the two endpoint cuts it is one. The initial cut space is the full one-dimensional space, and the last-cut vector is a nonzero member of the last cut space.
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientMatrix_adjacent
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientMatrix_restrictions
- MPSPreparation.extendCutPrefix_restriction
- MPSPreparation.finrank_cutColumnSpace
- MPSPreparation.cutSliceLinearMap_maps_columnSpace
- MPSPreparation.cutSlice_apply_restriction
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientRank_pos
- MPSPreparation.card_cutPrefixConfig_zero
- MPSPreparation.card_cutSuffixConfig_last
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientRank_zero
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientRank_last
- MPSPreparation.cutColumnSpace_zero_eq_top
- MPSPreparation.cutCoefficientMatrix_last
- MPSPreparation.fullCutVector_mem
- MPSPreparation.fullCutVector_restriction
- MPSPreparation.fullCutVector_ne_zero
Pairing and splitting commute, and the paired tensor recovers every original operator entry. A finite unitary on a positive physical alphabet has a nonzero coefficient tensor. If its consecutive operator Schmidt ranks are at most \(D\) and its length is positive, it therefore has an exact open-boundary representation with those ranks as its bond dimensions.
Suppose a length-\(N\) closed tensor equals the physical identity. For arbitrary physical matrices \(X_0,\ldots ,X_{N-1}\),
In particular this applies to the double layer of an MPU whenever \(N{\gt}1\).
Let \(V\) be a finite-dimensional vector space over a field \(K\), and let \(A\subseteq \operatorname {End}_K(V)\) be a not necessarily unital associative subalgebra. If every element of \(A\) is nilpotent, then every ordered product of \(\dim _K(V)\) elements of \(A\) is zero. The empty product in dimension zero is also zero because the identity endomorphism of the zero space is zero.
A positive definite balanced metric gives a unitary bond dilation. On a clean flag input, its first output branch applies exactly the normalized contraction and resets the bond pair to the specified basis state. Its second branch records the complementary initial component.
Let \(R\) be the normalized physical diagonal of the double layer of an MPO tensor. Suppose
Then the two boundaries of the stabilized diagonal tail are fixed:
This is the fixed-pair normalization from the canonical-form-II fixed-point equations in [ 16 , equations (6a)–(6b) ] and underlies the tail contractions in [ 16 , Theorem III.8, Section III.B, equations (31)–(32) ] .
Let \(\mathcal W\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\), and let
be its normalized physical diagonal. Here and in the two diagonal-tail identities below, scalar inverses are the totalized complex-field inverses, so \(0^{-1}=0\). For every \(K\geq 0\),
At \(K=0\), the word product is the identity matrix. This is the algebraic diagonal-tail expansion used in the source-factor networks of [ 16 , Theorem III.8, Section III.B, equations (31)–(32) ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\), and let \(L\geq 0\). For the normalized-tensor interpretation assume \(d{\gt}0\), as in Definition 18.6.3; with the convention \(0^{-1}=0\), the algebraic identity below also holds for \(d=0\). Pairing the ket and bra letters at each site gives a canonical bijection
If \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}=d^{-1/2}\mathcal U\) denotes normalized flattening, then
Thus normalized flattening commutes with blocking, up to the canonical doubled-index relabeling. This is the normalized form of the blocking operation in [ 16 , Definition II.5 and equation (9) ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) have physical dimensions \(d,e\) and auxiliary dimensions \(D,E\), respectively. With the coordinate equivalence \(s_{d,e}\) of Definition 18.6.4, normalized flattening obeys
For positive physical dimensions this uses the normalization of [ 16 , Section III, equation (13) ] . With the totalized inverse convention \(0^{-1}=0\), the algebraic identity also holds when \(d=0\) or \(e=0\). This identity expresses the normalized-flattening compatibility for the tensor product in [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii), lines 824–845 ] .
Let \(U\) be an MPU tensor with positive physical and bond dimensions. Suppose that the original local tensor is in canonical form, with nonzero weights and blocks occupying the full ambient bond space. Then the normalized flattening is a normal tensor.
This is the normality assertion of [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] for the canonical representative adopted before that proposition. The nonzero-weight and full-support conventions are recorded in [ 77 , 58 ] . The spectral assertion of the proposition is Theorem 18.8.2.
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). For any MPO tensor \(\mathcal U\), tail length \(K\), and \(p,q\in \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \), let \(W\) be its double layer and let \(E=d^{-1}\sum _i W^{ii}\) be the normalized physical diagonal. Then
Thus \(p\) labels the starred input and \(q\) the unstarred input. This is the closed input-tail expression occurring on the right-hand side of [ 16 , equation uUnitary and lines 550–556 ] .
Let \(d{\gt}0\), let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU, and let \(K\geq 0\). For \(p,q\in \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \), separate the first two input sites from a common input tail \(\tau \in \{ 0,\ldots ,K{-}1\} \to \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \). Then
The global contraction is the input-first unitarity \((U^{(K+2)})^\dagger U^{(K+2)}=\mathbb {1}\). This is the input-oriented tail contraction supporting the network calculation in [ 16 , Theorem III.8, Section III.B, equations (31)–(32) ] .
For every finite unitary with \(d{\gt}0\) and \(N{\gt}0\), the actual endpoint affine Gram spaces of the normalized minimal representation are singleton identity spaces. The coherent metric family therefore has \(P_0=P_N=I\). Its weighted complete interval is exactly the original unitary, entry by entry, including its complex phase. This family and all its interval isometries are derived from unitarity; no metric or interval witness is supplied.
- MPUCircuit.prefixInputGram_minimalOperatorPrefix_zero
- MPUCircuit.prefixInputGram_minimalOperatorPrefix_last
- MPUCircuit.prefixGramAffineHull_minimalOperatorPrefix_zero
- MPUCircuit.prefixGramAffineHull_minimalOperatorPrefix_last
- MPUCircuit.eq_one_of_mem_minimalOperatorPrefixHull_zero
- MPUCircuit.eq_one_of_mem_minimalOperatorPrefixHull_last
- MPUCircuit.minimalOperatorInterval_full_apply
- MPUCircuit.weightedMinimalOperatorInterval_full_apply
- MPUCircuit.weightedMinimalOperatorInterval_full_submatrix
- MPUCircuit.exists_normalized_minimalInterval_family_of_unitary
Let \(U\) be an MPU tensor with positive physical and bond dimensions, and let \(E\) be the transfer matrix of its normalized flattening. Then
This is the transfer-matrix conclusion of [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] .
Let \(W=(W^{ij})\) be an MPO tensor, let \(\widehat E_W\) denote the transfer map of its normalized flattening, and set \(\widehat W^{ij}=AW^{ij}B\). For every bond matrix \(X\),
In particular, suppose that \(\widehat E_W(X)=\operatorname{tr}(LX)R\) for every \(X\). For any bond matrices \(P,Q\), let \(T\) be their reduced projection and set \(\widetilde W^{ij}=TW^{ij}T\). Then
This is the normalized compression identity in the proof of [ 16 , Proposition IV.5 ] .
Let \(U\) be an MPU tensor with physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\) and bond dimension \(D{\gt}1\), and let \(E\) be the transfer matrix of its normalized flattening. There is an integer \(J\) satisfying
and vectors \(\rho ,\Phi \) satisfying
such that
For every integer \(k\geq J\),
Thus blocking \(J\) sites removes the entire generalized zero-eigenspace. The one-dimensional case is stated separately below.
This is the Jordan-elimination step in [ 16 , proof of Proposition III.2(ii) ] .
Let \(U\) be an MPU tensor with positive physical and bond dimensions, and let \(E\) be the transfer matrix of its normalized flattening. For every integer \(N{\gt}1\),
This is the trace identity in the proof of the normal-tensor result [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a local tensor with two \(d\)-dimensional physical spins, and let \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}=\mathbb S\mathcal U\) denote the action on its output physical leg. The swap satisfies \(\mathbb S^2=I\). For every \(N{\gt}0\), \(\widetilde U^{(N)}=S_NU^{(N)}\). Then \(\mathcal U\) is invariant under swap-combined adjunction if and only if \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}\) is invariant under adjunction, \(\mathcal U\) is invariant under swap-combined transposition if and only if \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}\) is invariant under transposition, and \(\mathcal U\) is invariant under conjugation if and only if \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}\) is. The one-sided transformation is the one prescribed by the transformed examples in [ 16 , Section VI.B.1 ] ; the printed proof’s two-sided expression has the local correction recorded in [ 81 ] .
Suppose \(E^2=E\), \(EAE=0\) for every \(A\in \mathfrak S\), and every ordered product of \(N{\gt}0\) elements of \(\mathfrak S\) vanishes. For scalars \(c_k\) and elements \(S_k\in \mathfrak S\),
Products are taken in increasing site order and need not commute.
Suppose \(W=(U^{[k]})_2\) has supplied two-site standard-form data. Let \(i^-,j^-\) be original-site words of length \(p\) and \(i^+,j^+\) original-site words of length \(s\). Let \((\sigma ^{L},\tau ^{L})\) and \((\sigma ^{R},\tau ^{R})\) be complete-block word pairs, with \(|\sigma ^{L}|=|\tau ^{L}|\). For each choice of the window labels \(a,b,j\), let \(\sigma (a,b)\) and \(\tau (j)\) be words of \(m\) blocks of length \(2k\) whose relabelings in the sense of the residual-word identity are
Put
Then the original-chain coefficient matrix \(F^U\) satisfies
Both equalities are finite-chain identities with every exterior physical label fixed; the virtual boundary is not discarded.
Suppose \(W=(U^{[k]})_2\) has supplied two-site standard-form data. Let three consecutive blocks of length \(2k\) lie between an arbitrary original-site prefix of length \(p\) and suffix of length \(s\). Under the two-site relabeling, suppose their output labels are \((e_-,a_0),(a_1,b_0),(b_1,e_+)\) and their input labels are \(j_0,j,j_2\). Let \(P=U^{i^-,j^-}\) and \(Q=U^{i^+,j^+}\) be the residual products. The corresponding entry of the original length-\(p+6k+s\) MPO is
The equality holds for every choice of the residual words and window labels; no unitarity or MPU hypothesis on \(U\) is required.
Let \(J,V:\mathcal H\to \mathcal K\) be isometries between finite-dimensional complex Hilbert spaces with \(J^\dagger V=0\). Then \((V-J)^\dagger (V-J)=2I\), and \(S=I-(V-J)(V-J)^\dagger \) is a unitary satisfying \(SJ=V\) and \(SV=J\).
Let \(O\) and \(O'\) be orthogonal matrices over a commutative ring, indexed by finite sets of cardinalities \(m\) and \(n\). For every even integer \(k\geq 0\), \(\det (O)^k=1\). Over an integral domain one also has \(\det (O)\in \{ 1,-1\} \). If \(m\) and \(n\) are even, then
These identities give the orthogonal determinant calculation in [ 16 ] .
Let \(n_0\in \mathbb R^3\) be a unit vector and \(O_i\in O(3)\). Put \(n(x)=O_1^{x_1}\cdots O_n^{x_n}n_0\) and \(U=\sum _x(n(x)\cdot \sigma )\otimes |x\rangle \langle x|\). This unitary has an open-boundary matrix product representation of maximal bond dimension at most three, and an exact circuit with \(2n\) two-qubit gates, at most \(n+1\) one-qubit gates, and no auxiliary qubits. With its target at one end of a line, it has an adjacent-gate circuit of size and depth \(O(n)\).
Order the left doubled bond as \((\alpha ,\gamma )\) and the right doubled bond as \((\beta ,\delta )\). Then the double layer whose lower tensor is \(\mathcal U^\sharp \) has entries
Extending rectangular bond matrices and vectors by zero preserves their products whenever the intermediate bond dimension is no larger than the common padding dimension. The outer dimensions need not satisfy this bound.
The two tensors of the parity obstruction are in canonical form II with \(\rho =1\), and have cut matrices \(\pm I_2\) and ranks \(r=\ell =2\). With the factors \(X_1=X_2=I\), \(Y_1=Y_2=Z_1=Z_2=I\) for the identity tensor and \(X_1=X_2=I\), \(Y_1=Y_2=Z_1=Z_2=-I\) for its negative, both satisfying the six factor identities with \(\rho =1\), the gates \(u\) and \(v\) computed from the factors are the same for both tensors: \(u_{(l,r),(i_1i_2)}=\delta _{li_1}\delta _{ri_2}\) and \(v_{(j_1j_2),(r,l)}=\delta _{j_1r}\delta _{j_2l}\).
- MPOTensor.parityIdentitySourceFactors
- MPOTensor.parityNegativeSourceFactors
- MPOTensor.sourceU_parity_eq
- MPOTensor.sourceV_parity_eq
- MPOTensor.parityIdentityTensor_exists_canonicalFormII
- MPOTensor.parityNegativeIdentityTensor_exists_canonicalFormII
- MPOTensor.rightRank_parityIdentityTensor
- MPOTensor.leftRank_parityIdentityTensor
- MPOTensor.rightRank_parityNegativeIdentityTensor
- MPOTensor.leftRank_parityNegativeIdentityTensor
For the matrices of Definition 18.11.1.1,
The identity holds for arbitrary complex parameters, with the convention that the inverse of a singular matrix and the reciprocal of zero are zero.
If \(AA^\dagger A=A\), then \(\mathcal D_A\) is unitary. For every matrix of input columns \(V\),
The total output Gram is \(V^\dagger V\), and projection onto the first output copy has Gram \((AV)^\dagger AV\). The first-copy identity holds for arbitrary \(A\).
There is a four-qubit unitary with an open-boundary matrix product representation of bond dimensions \(3,3,2\) whose right Schmidt space at the first cut contains no unitary matrix.
Let \(T(v)=\operatorname {diag}(v\cdot n_j)\) for \(v\in \mathbb C^3\), and put \(B_a=T(e_a)\). The map \(T\) is injective, its range has complex dimension three, and its range is \(\operatorname {span}_{\mathbb C}\{ B_1,B_2,B_3\} \). It contains no unitary matrix. The controlled Pauli operator satisfies \(V=\sum _{a=1}^3\sigma _a\otimes B_a\).
- MPUPauliControl.not_forall_normSq_controlLinearCombination
- MPUPauliControl.controlLinearCombination
- MPUPauliControl.controlDiagonal
- MPUPauliControl.controlCoefficientMap
- MPUPauliControl.controlCoefficientSpace
- MPUPauliControl.coefficient
- MPUPauliControl.controlDiagonal_not_mem_unitaryGroup
- MPUPauliControl.controlCoefficientSpace_not_mem_unitaryGroup
- MPUPauliControl.controlCoefficientMap_injective
- MPUPauliControl.finrank_controlCoefficientSpace
- MPUPauliControl.controlCoefficientMap_apply
- MPUPauliControl.witness_eq_sum_pauli_kronecker
- MPUPauliControl.coefficient_linearIndependent
- MPUPauliControl.coefficient_mem_controlCoefficientSpace
- MPUPauliControl.controlCoefficientSpace_eq_span
For a real vector \(v\), the matrix \(v\cdot \sigma \) is Hermitian and its square is \(\| v\| _2^2I\). Let the eight vectors \(n_j\) be the rows of
Each vector has Euclidean norm one. Hence each \(n_j\cdot \sigma \) and the controlled operator \(V=\sum _j(n_j\cdot \sigma )\otimes |j\rangle \langle j|\) are unitary.
- MPUPauliControl.oneSite_mem_unitaryGroup
- MPUPauliControl.coordinateInt
- MPUPauliControl.pauliCombination
- MPUPauliControl.oneSite
- MPUPauliControl.witness
- MPUPauliControl.pauliCombination_mul_self
- MPUPauliControl.pauliCombination_conjTranspose
- MPUPauliControl.coordinateInt_sum_sq
- MPUPauliControl.witness_mem_unitaryGroup
For an ordinary periodic MPO of virtual dimension \(\chi \), every consecutive operator coefficient cut has rank at most \(\chi ^2\). The same bound holds for an arbitrary trace boundary. Scalar left and right open boundaries give the bound \(\chi \). These statements require no unitarity, normalization, minimality, or canonical-form assumption.
- MPUCircuit.cutCoefficientRank_traceBoundary_le
- MPUCircuit.cutCoefficientRank_mpv_le
- MPUCircuit.operatorCoefficientTensor_mpo_eq_mpv
- MPUCircuit.cutCoefficientRank_operatorCoefficientTensor_mpo_le
- MPUCircuit.cutCoefficientRank_openBoundary_le
- MPUCircuit.cutCoefficientRank_operatorCoefficientTensor_traceBoundary_le
- MPUCircuit.cutCoefficientRank_operatorCoefficientTensor_openBoundary_le
- MPUCircuit.cutCoefficientRank_operatorCoefficientTensor_mpo_le_all
Suppose two full clean child circuits have the stated encoded joint columns, logical support inside a prescribed set, and an isometric normalized parent. A site bijection putting the joining packet last yields a merger in the original coordinates. Its logical support, initialized columns, and scalar phase are preserved. Each child conjugation and the final return costs at most \(4g^2\) neighboring-pair gates, where \(g\) is the complete logical and scratch site count.
Let \(K\) be a field, \(P,Q\) finite sets, and let \(A:I\times P\to K\), \(B:P\times J\to K\), \(C:I\times Q\to K\), and \(E:Q\times J\to K\) be matrices. For \(s,t\in K\), the matrix \(H_{ij}=s(AB)_{ij}(CE)_{ij}+t\) factors through the index set \((P\times Q)\sqcup \{ *\} \).
Under the preceding hypotheses suppose \(J\) is finite and every entry of \(H\) is zero or one. The set of distinct rows of \(H\) is finite and has cardinality at most \(2^{|P||Q|+1}\). In particular, \(|P|=|Q|=2\) gives at most 32 rows.
The physical adjoint is involutive. If \(\mathcal U\) generates matrix product unitaries, then so does \(\mathcal U^\sharp \), and for every chain length \(N\),
Physical adjunction exchanges the two source cuts and takes their adjoints:
Physical adjunction exchanges the two source ranks:
Let \(U\) be a tensor and let \(U^{(n)}=U\otimes \mathbb {1}_n\) denote attachment of an identity ancilla of dimension \(n\) at each physical site, keeping the bond dimension fixed. For every chain length \(N\), its periodic operator equals that of the independent tensor product with the bond-one identity tensor:
Here the identification groups the original physical coordinates and the ancilla coordinates separately. If \(U\) is a positive-dimensional MPU and \(n{\gt}0\), then
For every coefficient tensor \(\psi \) and every \(k\leq N\), the coefficient matrix indexed by the actual prefix and suffix configurations is the matrix indexed by numbered configurations after the preceding row and column bijections. Thus the two matrices have the same rank. No assumption on the local dimension or on the nonvanishing of \(\psi \) is required.
For every local MPO tensor \(\mathcal U\), one-site matrix \(Q\), and \(k\geq 0\), output-leg multiplication commutes with blocking:
The identity includes the empty block, with \(Q^{\otimes 0}=1\).
The rotation is unitary whenever \(t^2\leq 1\), and sends zero to \(t\lvert 0\rangle +\sqrt{1-t^2}\lvert 1\rangle \) exactly. At any site of an \(n\geq 2\) qudit chain it costs at most \(2n\) neighboring-pair gates. The prescribed merger attenuation \(t=r\sin (\pi /(4\ell _r+2))\) satisfies the required inequality.
Let \(\mathcal S,\mathcal T\) have the same applicable chain lengths, and let \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V\) have the same physical and virtual dimensions. Suppose that, for every \(N\geq 0\), \(\mathcal S[U^{(N)}]=U^{(N)}\) if and only if \(\mathcal T[V^{(N)}]=V^{(N)}\). Then \(\mathcal U\) is \(\mathcal S\)-invariant if and only if \(\mathcal V\) is \(\mathcal T\)-invariant.
Suppose \(C,q\geq 0\), \(r\geq q+1\), \(T(0)\leq a\), and \(T(j+1)\leq rT(j)+Cq^j\). Then
If also \(a\geq 0\) and \(r\leq 2^k\), this is at most \((a+C)(2^L)^k\). In particular, polynomial overhead in the interval length is compatible with polynomial total cost at a fixed child-call factor. For integer \(r\), one may take \(k=\lceil \log _2 r\rceil \).
Let \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V\) be tensors with two \(d\)-dimensional physical spins. Put \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}=\mathbb S\mathcal U\) and \(\widetilde{\mathcal V}=\mathbb S\mathcal V\). The existence of a positive common blocking length for strict equivalence of \(\mathcal U^{[k]},\mathcal V^{[k]}\) under blocked swap-combined adjunction is equivalent to the existence of such a length for \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}^{[k]},\widetilde{\mathcal V}^{[k]}\) under blocked adjunction. The analogous statements hold for transposition and conjugation. No ancilla enlargement is asserted [ 65 ] .
Fix \(d\), finite-chain operator symmetries \(\mathcal S,\mathcal T\), and a unitary involution \(Q\in M_{d}(\mathbb {C})\). For every \(k{\gt}0\), suppose that every local tensor \(\mathcal W\) of physical dimension \(d^k\) and any virtual dimension is invariant under the blocked symmetry \(\mathcal S^{[k]}\) if and only if \(Q^{\otimes k}\mathcal W\) is invariant under \(\mathcal T^{[k]}\). Then the existence of a common positive blocking length making \(\mathcal U^{[k]},\mathcal V^{[k]}\) strictly equivalent under \(\mathcal S^{[k]}\) is equivalent to the existence of such a length making \((Q\mathcal U)^{[k]},(Q\mathcal V)^{[k]}\) strictly equivalent under \(\mathcal T^{[k]}\). No identity ancillas are included in this comparison [ 65 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) generate an MPU, suppose its normalized flattening \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}\) is normal, and let \(L\) be positive definite with \(\mathcal E_{\widetilde{\mathcal U}}^*(L)=L\). There is a unitary \(V\) on the same bond space such that
admits a full-support canonical-form-II presentation. For every \(N\geq 0\), the periodic operators satisfy \(O_N(\mathcal B)=O_N(\mathcal U)\). Both source ranks are preserved: \(r[\mathcal B]=r[\mathcal U]\) and \(\ell [\mathcal B]=\ell [\mathcal U]\). This is the canonical-gauge construction used in the proof of [ 16 , Proposition IV.5, lines 798–804 ] .
For every \(m\geq 1\) there is a contraction \(E\) which is an operator Schmidt factor of an open-boundary bond-two MPU with an exact \(2m\)-gate circuit, such that the positive defect \(\sqrt{I-E^\dagger E}\) has operator cut rank \(2^m\). The same contraction admits a signed unitary completion of bond two.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU with physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\). Every closed product of positive length that contains at least one residual coefficient has zero trace. In particular, this includes a single residual coefficient. This corresponds to the mixed-trace property in [ 16 , Proposition III.3(ii) ] .
For every interval density matrix \(\sigma \), \(\mathcal T^A_\sigma (\mathcal S_F)\subseteq \mathcal S_{FA}\) and \(\mathcal T^A_\sigma (\mathcal C_F)\subseteq \mathcal C_{FA}\). The density factors may each be entangled throughout their respective intervals.
Suppose the suffix of the full encoding is the prescribed bond encoding, and its prefix is independent of the bond label. Then the prefix inclusion is injective, and its product with the prescribed suffix is exactly the full encoding.
Each physical prefix Gram is positive semidefinite, and every matrix in \(\mathcal C_F\) is Hermitian. In the convention \((F_a)_{bv}=F_{ab}(v)\), one has \(P_F(\rho )=\sum _aF_a^\dagger \rho ^T F_a\).
Every permutation of \(n\) qudit sites has an actual neighboring pair-gate circuit of at most \(2n^2\) gates. Conjugating a circuit of cost \(K\) by that permutation gives cost at most \(K+4n^2\), including its exact scalar phase. For positive local dimension \(d\), a logical site permutation fixing the appended workspace preserves every all-input clean implementation identity. For a register of total size \(n+A\), this conjugation costs at most \(K+4(n+A)^2\).
- Equiv.Perm.swapFactorsAux_length_le
- Equiv.Perm.swapFactors_length_le_card
- QuantumCircuit.permOp_list_prod
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_permOp
- QuantumCircuit.IsPairProduct.conjugate_permOp
- QuantumCircuit.workspaceFixedSitePerm_castAdd
- QuantumCircuit.workspaceFixedSitePerm_natAdd
- QuantumCircuit.isCleanImplementation_permOp_workspaceFixedSitePerm
- QuantumCircuit.IsCleanImplementation.conjugate_workspaceFixedSitePerm
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_isCleanImplementation_conjugate_workspaceFixedSitePerm
Every unitary on \(n\geq 2\) qudits of dimension \(d\geq 2\) has an exact neighboring-pair circuit of at most \(G(d,n)\leq 38(d^n)^6\) gates, including its global phase. An isometry together with an injective placement of its input basis extends to such a circuit with the prescribed columns. Call a two-level gate special if its two-by-two block is a real rotation \(\begin{pmatrix} c & -s \\ s & c \end{pmatrix}\) with \(c^2+s^2=1\) or a phase \(\operatorname {diag}(\nu ,\overline\nu )\) with \(|\nu |=1\). A special two-level gate with \(k\) controls has cost at most \(4n3^k\); a special two-level gate between arbitrary configurations has cost at most \((2n+1)(4n3^n)\).
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_unitaryGateCount
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_ctrlOp_le_exponential
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_twoLevel_le_exponential
- QuantumCircuit.unitaryGateCount_le_hilbertDimension_pow
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_le_hilbertDimension_pow
- QuantumCircuit.exists_isPairProduct_apply_embedding_eq
Put \(D=\operatorname {diag}(1/3,1/3,1/3,1)\) and \(\widehat W=\{ aD+(K\oplus 0):a\in \mathbb C,\ K^T=-K\} \). No matrix in \(\widehat W\) is unitary.
For finite index sets \(M,N\), matrix rank defines a lower-semicontinuous map
Consequently, if \(A\colon X\to \operatorname {Mat}_{M\times N}(\mathbb C)\) is continuous, then \(x\mapsto \operatorname {rank}A(x)\) is lower semicontinuous.
Let \(W\) be the double layer of an MPO tensor, and let \(R\) be its normalized physical diagonal. If
then, for all physical indices \(i,j,k,\ell \),
This is the exact diagonal-word tail between the two retained letters in [ 16 , Theorem III.8, Section III.B, equations (31)–(32) ] .
Let \(N\geq 1\). Every \(N\)-qubit unitary whose operator Schmidt rank is at most two at each consecutive cut has an exact circuit of \(O(N^{\log _2 6})\) one- and two-qubit gates, with \(O(\log (N+1))\) auxiliary qubits initialized and returned to zero. Arbitrary pairs may interact. Routing on a line gives gate count and depth \(O(N^{1+\log _2 6})\) with the same auxiliary-space bound.
The real affine hull of a set of Hermitian matrices consists of Hermitian matrices. If \(\operatorname {Tr}(XQ)=z\) on the original set, with \(Q\) fixed, the same identity holds on its real affine hull.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II, with ambient fixed matrix \(\rho \). Put \(J=\max (D^2-1,1)\) and \(W=\mathcal U_{JD^2}\). With the vectorized pair \(\rho ',\Phi '\) of \(\rho \) and of the identity, the blocked tensor \(W\) satisfies the two aligned simple contractions
Let \(d,D{\gt}0\) and let \(U\) be an MPU tensor. There are \(D_{\mathrm{red}}{\gt}0\) and an MPO tensor \(U_{\mathrm{red}}\) of bond dimension \(D_{\mathrm{red}}\) carrying a canonical-form-II presentation in the sense of Definition 18.8.8 such that, for every integer \(N{\gt}0\),
In particular \(U_{\mathrm{red}}\) is an MPU, the retained block dimensions of its normalized doubled-index tensor sum to \(D_{\mathrm{red}}\), and the ambient right fixed matrix of that presentation is positive definite, diagonal, and of trace one. No equality is asserted at length zero, and no virtual gauge is asserted between the two potentially unequal-dimensional bond spaces.
Suppose \(d{\gt}0\), \(D{\gt}1\), and \(\mathcal U\) is an MPU whose normalized flattening is presented by chosen canonical-form-II data with blocks filling the bond space. There is a unique block \(k\). Normalize its diagonal positive definite fixed matrix \(\Lambda _k\) to have trace one, and let \(V_k\) be its inclusion into the ambient bond space. Then
where \((\Phi \rvert \) is the vectorized identity. Consequently,
The diagonal matrix is the block matrix \(\Lambda _k\) in the canonical-form-II fixed-point equations in [ 16 , equations (6a)–(6b) ] ; its ambient transport \(\rho \) need not be diagonal, corresponding to the reduced representative in [ 16 , proof of Proposition III.2(ii) ] .
Let \(d,D{\gt}0\), let \(U\) be an MPU tensor of physical dimension \(d\) and bond dimension \(D\), and let \(\widetilde U=d^{-1/2}U\) be its normalized doubled-index tensor. There are an integer \(D_{\mathrm{red}}{\gt}0\), a normal tensor \(A_{\mathrm{red}}\) of bond dimension \(D_{\mathrm{red}}\), canonical-form-II data for \(A_{\mathrm{red}}\), and a matrix \(\rho \) on the ambient bond space of \(A_{\mathrm{red}}\) such that, for every integer \(N{\gt}0\) and every word \(\sigma \) of length \(N\),
and \(\rho \) is positive definite and diagonal with
This organizes the dimension-bounded canonical replacement used in [ 16 , lines 257–294 and 319–326 ] . Its irreducible reduction and canonical-form-II gauge are those of [ 13 , lines 195–255 and 1058–1077 ] . The shifted transfer argument is the one used in [ 16 , lines 344–356 ] , and the diagonal positive trace-one ambient right fixed matrix is the one of [ 16 , lines 269–281 ] .
Let \(W=(W^{ij})\) be an MPO tensor. Let \(L,R\succeq 0\) satisfy
and let \(P\) and \(Q\) be their support projections. Assume, letter by letter,
Set \(T=\widetilde P\) and \(\widetilde W^{ij}=TW^{ij}T\). Then, for every \(N\geq 0\),
If \(V^\dagger V=I\) and \(VV^\dagger =T\), then
Every canonical-form-II representative with the same positive-length periodic operators as \(U\) has index \(\operatorname {ind}(U)\). In particular, positive-dimensional MPU tensors \(U,V\) with \(U^{(N)}=V^{(N)}\) for all \(N{\gt}1\) have equal indices, even when their bond dimensions differ.
Let \(W=(W^{ij})\) be an MPO tensor, let \(L\), \(R\), \(X\), \(Z\), \(Y\) be square matrices of the same size, let \(P\) be an orthogonal projection, let \(Q\) be a square matrix of the same size, and set \(\widetilde P\) equal to their reduced projection. Assume, letter by letter, \(W^{ij}P=W^{ij}=QW^{ij}\). Set \(\widehat W^{ij}=LW^{ij}R\) and \(\widetilde W^{ij}=\widetilde P W^{ij}\widetilde P\). If \(X,Z,Y\) satisfy \(XL=P\), \(RZ=Q\), and \(PQY=\widetilde P\), then
If in addition \(X\), \(Z\), and \(Y\) are invertible, then
If \(L,R\succeq 0\) and \(P=\operatorname {supp}(L)\), \(Q=\operatorname {supp}(R)\), such invertible matrices may be chosen as \(X=L^++(\mathbb {1}-P)\), \(Z=R^++(\mathbb {1}-Q)\), together with an invertible right factor \(Y\) of the reduced projection.
Let \(I\) and \(J\) be finite sets, let \(e\colon I\to J\) be a bijection, and let \(A\) be a unitary matrix indexed by \(I\). The matrix indexed by \(J\) whose \((j,k)\) entry is
is unitary.
Let \(U\) be a positive-dimensional MPU tensor. For every positive integer \(p\), physical blocking preserves its representative index, while physical adjunction reverses its sign:
Let \(U\) and \(V\) be positive-dimensional MPU tensors, possibly with different physical and bond dimensions. Their independent tensor product satisfies
The bond-one identity tensor \(\mathbb {1}_n\) has index zero for every \(n{\gt}0\); hence \(\operatorname {ind}(U\boxtimes \mathbb {1}_n)=\operatorname {ind}(U)\). This is the reduced-representative form of the tensoring assertion in [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] .
If \(\mathcal U\) is an MPU with positive physical dimension, then every nonempty product of residual generators has zero trace. Consequently, for every \(A\in \mathfrak S\) and every integer \(N{\gt}1\),
and every element of \(\mathfrak S\) is nilpotent.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU of bond dimension \(D\) and positive physical dimension. Every ordered product of exactly \(D^2\) elements of \(\mathfrak S\) vanishes. In particular, for arbitrary residual generators,
This is equation Sprime=0 in [ 16 , Proposition III.3(ii) ] , with the corrected exact length \(D^2\) in place of the unsupported strict intermediate bound.
For \(d\geq 2\) and every logical configuration \(x\), the conjunction keeps \(x\) and writes in temporary coordinate \(j\) whether its first \(j+1\) data coordinates are all zero. Each step acts on at most three sites. The full conjunction has an actual neighboring-pair circuit of at most \(4c_da^2\) gates.
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionPerm_apply_clean
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionIncrement_update
- QuantumCircuit.zeroPrefixBit_eq_one
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionStep_state
- QuantumCircuit.zeroConjunctionStep_isLocalPerm
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_zeroConjunctionStep
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_zeroConjunctionPerm
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). Identify the unique left source coordinate with \(0\) and the right source coordinate with \((a,b)\). For the trace-normalized source factors of the right shift,
Hence
This fixes the order and normalization of the two triangles in [ 16 , equations uu and uUnitary ] for this basic MPU. It is the explicit normalization and orientation regression for Theorem 18.9.4 and Lemma 18.9.11.
Let \(K\) be a field and let \(J,A\) be finite sets. For a matrix \(M:I\times (J\times A)\to K\) and \(f:A\to K\), put \(M_f(i,j)=\sum _a M(i,(j,a))f(a)\). Then \(\operatorname {rank}M_f\leq \operatorname {rank}M\). Similarly, for finite \(I\) and a matrix \(M:(A\times I)\times J\to K\), contraction \(M_f(i,j)=\sum _a f(a)M((a,i),j)\) does not increase rank.
Let the first-block tensor be an MPU of bond dimension \(D{\gt}0\). Assume its normalized double-layer diagonal \(E\) is a rank-one idempotent. After a second blocking of exactly \(D^2\) sites, every residual coefficient belongs to \(\mathcal T\).
The conclusion is membership in the sum of the three subspaces. It does not assign one exclusive type to a coefficient in an arbitrary physical basis.
Let \(\mathcal V\) be an MPU of positive physical and bond dimensions whose normalized double-layer diagonal is
Then blocking \(\mathcal V\) by exactly \(D^2\) sites produces a simple tensor with witnesses \(a=\Phi \) and \(b=\rho \).
For \(d\geq 2\) and \(n\geq 2\), the selected-flags reflection has an actual circuit on \(n+A\) sites. It returns all \(A\) scratch sites to zero on every logical input and costs at most \(2(n+A)K_d(a)\) gates when \(a{\gt}0\). For \(a=0\), one neighboring-pair gate implements the required phase \(-1\). Unselected logical sites are unrestricted.
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterSites_castAdd
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterSites_natAdd
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterLogical_mem_unitary
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterLogical_eq_one_sub
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_selectedZeroRegisterReflection
- QuantumCircuit.isCleanImplementation_selectedZeroRegisterReflection
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterLogical_empty
- QuantumCircuit.exists_isPairProduct_isCleanImplementation_selectedZeroRegister
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterPoolSites_castAdd
- QuantumCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterPoolSites_natAdd
- QuantumCircuit.isPairProduct_selectedZeroRegisterReflectionPool
- QuantumCircuit.isCleanImplementation_selectedZeroRegisterReflectionPool
- QuantumCircuit.exists_isPairProduct_isCleanImplementation_selectedZeroRegisterPool
The reflection which changes sign precisely when a selected set of qudits is zero is supported on those qudits. All states of the remaining logical qudits are allowed. This includes the empty selection, whose reflection is the scalar minus identity.
For a matrix product tensor \(A\), a complex number \(c\), and a nonnegative integer \(N\), scaling every local matrix by \(c\) gives
Consequently, if \(d{\gt}0\) and \(U\) is an MPO tensor of physical dimension \(d\), then
Let \(V\) be a finite-dimensional complex vector space and let \(S\) be a semisimple endomorphism of \(V\). Suppose that \(c\in \mathbb C\) is nonzero and
for every integer \(k{\gt}1\). Then
If \(N\) is nilpotent and commutes with \(S\), then, for every positive integer \(k\),
There is an integer \(J{\gt}0\) such that, for every \(k\geq J\),
This is the generic Jordan–Chevalley step in [ 221 , Proposition 20, lines 3839–3866 ] .
- Module.End.IsNilpotent.trace_add_pow_eq_trace_pow_of_commute
- Module.End.finrank_range_eq_one_of_isSemisimple_of_scaled_trace_pow_eq_one
- Module.End.IsNilpotent.mul_eq_zero_and_mul_eq_zero_of_commute_of_finrank_range_eq_one
- Module.End.IsNilpotent.exists_add_pow_eq_right_of_mul_eq_zero
- Module.End.IsNilpotent.products_eq_zero_and_eventual_add_pow_eq_of_scaled_trace
The literal three-swap circuit satisfies
Writing \(P_f\) for the permutation matrix of \(f\), one also has
At the coordinate level, \(K\) is the configuration map of \(\widetilde U_3\), whereas \(\widetilde U_2\) has configuration map \(((\sigma _1,\sigma _2),a)\mapsto ((R^{-1}\sigma _2,R\sigma _1),a)\). The literal source labels produce a discrepancy at the \(\widetilde U_2\) boundary on a nondegenerate periodic chain; see [ 16 , Figure 16 ] .
Assume \(d{\gt}0\) and let \(k\ge 0\). The right-shift tensor \(T\) and the left-shift tensor \(T^\sharp \) are simple, and so are their blockings \(T_{k+1}\) and \(T^\sharp _{k+1}\) over \(k+1\) sites. The blocked letters are
and the source ranks are
Both source ranks of the blockings of \(U_2\) and \(U_3\) equal \(d^{2k+2}\). Consequently
and the blockings of \(U_2\) and \(U_3\) have value zero. If \(d{\gt}1\), then \(r(T_{k+1})\ne \ell (T_{k+1})\) and \(\operatorname {ind}_{\mathrm{src}}(T_{k+1})\ne 0\).
The tensors \(U_1\), \(U_2\), and \(U_3\) are simple, and so are the blockings of \(U_2\) and \(U_3\) over \(k+1\) sites, because independent tensor products of simple tensors are simple. Thus all four values are taken at simple blockings, which is the simplicity requirement of Definition 18.9.46. The canonical-form construction and representative invariance in Theorem 18.9.3.22 identify these values with the public indices and transport them to any positive-dimensional MPU generating the same periodic operators. Unequal ranks do not by themselves exclude a circuit: after blocking, every matrix product unitary, the shift included, is a depth-two circuit of nearest-neighbour unitaries in its standard form. The statement that the shift is not a finite-depth circuit of local gates needs parts (ii)–(iv) of Theorem 18.9.111 together with index zero for one layer of nearest-neighbour gates, and is not asserted here.
- MPOTensor.evalWord_rightShiftTensor_ofFn
- MPOTensor.blockTensor_rightShiftTensor_apply
- MPOTensor.sourceCutM₁_blockTensor_rightShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.sourceCutM₂_blockTensor_rightShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.rightRank_blockTensor_rightShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.leftRank_blockTensor_rightShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.rightRank_mul_leftRank_blockTensor_rightShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.sourceIndexValue_blockTensor_rightShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.blockTensor_leftShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.rightRank_blockTensor_leftShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.leftRank_blockTensor_leftShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.sourceIndexValue_blockTensor_leftShiftTensor
- MPOTensor.sourceRanks_blockTensor_shiftExampleU₂
- MPOTensor.sourceRanks_blockTensor_shiftExampleU₃
- MPOTensor.sourceIndexValue_blockTensor_shiftExampleU₂
- MPOTensor.sourceIndexValue_blockTensor_shiftExampleU₃
- MPOTensor.rightShiftTensor_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.leftShiftTensor_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.blockTensor_rightShiftTensor_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.blockTensor_leftShiftTensor_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.identityMPUTensor_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₁_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.blockTensor_shiftExampleU₂_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.blockTensor_shiftExampleU₃_isMPUSimple
- MPOTensor.rightRank_blockTensor_rightShiftTensor_ne_leftRank
- MPOTensor.sourceIndexValue_blockTensor_rightShiftTensor_ne_zero
For \(d\geq 1\) the tensors \(U_2=T^\dagger \otimes T\) and \(U_3=T\otimes T^\dagger \) are in canonical form and strictly equivalent, with no bond directions adjoined. Conjugating the physical legs of a tensor by a unitary, or its bond space by a unitary, preserves the matrix product unitary property.
Let \(d{\gt}0\). The right shift is in canonical form II in its original bond coordinates, with ambient right fixed matrix \(\rho =I/d\). The right and left shifts and the three two-spin families satisfy
These are the blocking-independent indices of the families in Definition 18.9.3.13, as asserted in [ 16 ] .
Let \(A\) be the right-shift tensor and let \(z_{(\alpha ,i)}=\delta _{\alpha i}\) be the vectorized identity. Its raw source cuts are
For the left-shift tensor \(A^\sharp \) they are
In every physical dimension, including \(d=0\),
If \(d{\gt}0\), the remaining two ranks are
These are the raw source-cut quantities from [ 16 , Section III ] ; no choice of source factors is involved.
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). For the displayed right- and left-shift tensors \(T\) and \(T^\sharp \), the specified-tensor values are
Likewise,
The bond-one identity tensor and the three tensors \(U_1,U_2,U_3\) satisfy
Here \(\operatorname {ind}_{\mathrm{src}}\) is the specified-tensor quantity from Definition 18.9.42, evaluated on the displayed unblocked tensors. It is not the public MPU index \(\operatorname {ind}\) of Definition 18.9.46, whose definition uses a simple blocking and requires independence of that choice. The public index values follow in Theorem 18.9.3.22.
For every \(d\in \mathbb N\), the matrix \(\rho _d\) is positive semidefinite. If \(d{\gt}0\), then \(\rho _d\) is positive definite and
Under the same hypothesis, \(\rho _{d^2}\) is positive definite with trace one; it is positive semidefinite for every \(d\).
Let \(A\) be an \(n\times n\) complex matrix. If \(\operatorname{tr}(A^k)=1\) for every integer \(k{\gt}1\), then
Thus \(1\) is the sole nonzero eigenvalue and has algebraic multiplicity one. This is the exact shifted-moment conclusion of [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] .
Let \(A\) be an \(n\times n\) complex matrix. If \(\operatorname{tr}(A^k)=1\) for every integer \(k{\gt}1\), then
Thus \(1\in \sigma (A)\) and every nonzero spectral value equals \(1\) [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] .
Let \(T:M_D(\mathbb C)\to M_D(\mathbb C)\) be a linear map with \(D{\gt}0\). If \(\operatorname{tr}(\widehat T^{\, N})=1\) for every integer \(N{\gt}1\), then
This is the radius-and-primitivity part of [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] .
Let \(A\) have literal CPSV canonical-form data with \(r\) blocks. If its transfer matrix \(E\) satisfies \(\operatorname{tr}(E^N)=1\) for every integer \(N{\gt}1\), then
This is the block multiplicity consequence used in [ 16 , Proposition III.1 ] .
Let \(A\) be an \(n\times n\) complex matrix such that \(\operatorname{tr}(A^k)=0\) for every \(k{\gt}1\), and let \(m{\gt}1\). Then \(\operatorname{tr}((A^m)^r)=0\) for every \(r\geq 1\). This auxiliary result supports the generalization below to a weaker hypothesis; the source itself supplies vanishing for every positive exponent.
Let \(A\) be an \(n\times n\) complex matrix. If \(\operatorname{tr}(A^N)=0\) for every integer \(N{\gt}1\), then \(A\) is nilpotent and
The source obtains the all-positive trace hypothesis in [ 16 , proof of Proposition III.3 ] ; its specialization is the elementwise nilpotence assertion used before the nil-matrix theorem. The result above is a stronger generalization because it assumes vanishing only for \(N{\gt}1\). It is useful independently and requires no positivity, normality, or diagonalizability.
For every MPU of positive physical and bond dimensions there are normalized left and right fixed vectors \(\Phi \) and \(\rho \) of the transfer matrix such that the unblocked double layer satisfies
The unblocked tensor need not satisfy the rank-one insertion identity.
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple injective MPU tensor. Its source-cut ranks \(r\) and \(\ell \) satisfy
These are the rank-product and index identities of [ 16 , lines 562–573 and 681–704 ] , for the simple injective tensors considered in [ 197 , lines 1403–1407 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU tensor, let \(\rho {\gt}0\), and let \(v\) be its source operator built from \(\rho \). If \(v^\dagger v=\mathbb {1}_{r\ell }\), then \(\mathcal U\) is simple, with witnesses \((\Phi \rvert \) and \(\lvert \rho ^{\mathsf T})\). This is the implication \(4\to 1\) in [ 16 , proof of Theorem III.8 ] .
Let \(W\) have bond dimension \(D\), and let \(A\in \mathbb C^{E\times D}\) and \(B\in \mathbb C^{D\times E}\) satisfy \(BA=I_D\). The tensor with letters \(AW^{ij}B\) is simple if and only if \(W\) is simple. In particular, if \(V^\dagger V=I_k\) and \(VV^\dagger =T\), simplicity of \((TW^{ij}T)\) implies simplicity of \((V^\dagger W^{ij}V)\).
Let \(W\) be simple with \(d{\gt}0\). Let \(P\) be an orthogonal projection and \(Q\) a square matrix on its bond space, with \(W^{ij}P=W^{ij}=QW^{ij}\). Suppose the normalized diagonal \(E\) of its double layer has a rank-one factorization \(E=|\rho )(\Phi |\). If \(T\) is the reduced projection associated with \(P,Q\), then \((TW^{ij}T)\) is simple.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be simple and in canonical form II, with ambient fixed matrix \(\rho \). Let \(v\) be the source operator of \(\mathcal U\) built from that same weight \(\rho \). Then \(v^\dagger v=\mathbb {1}_{r\ell }\), and consequently \(r\ell \le d^2\). This is the implication \(1\to 2\) in [ 16 , proof of Theorem III.8 ] , before the standing isometry of \(u\) is used.
If \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) are simple, then \(\mathcal U\boxtimes \mathcal V\) is simple. If \(a,b\) are witnesses for \(\mathcal U\) and \(a',b'\) are witnesses for \(\mathcal V\), then \(a\otimes a'\) and \(b\otimes b'\) are witnesses for the product. This is the step behind the sentence “The case of tensoring is trivial” in the proof of [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] .
In the setting of Theorem 18.3.33, suppose in addition that the same fixed pair satisfies the supplied two-letter contraction
for all physical indices. Then
Thus the supplied insertion and its stabilized transfer power occur in one aligned network, as required in the calculation of [ 16 , Theorem III.8, Section III.B, equations (31)–(32) ] .
Consider an indexed family of globally isometric two-part factorizations \(F_jG_j\) with spanning prefix rows and suffix columns. The physical spaces and positive bond dimensions \(r_j\) may depend on \(j\). There is one chosen metric \(P_j\) at each index such that
The same conclusion holds when each physical coefficient flattening has rank exactly \(r_j\), since this implies both spanning conditions. All these identities hold for the same chosen family. In particular, the metrics may be chosen at every cut of a finite minimal chain before its interval isometries are assembled.
Every one-site unitary has a one-gate neighboring-pair circuit on the physical site and one padding qudit, with the padding returned exactly to zero. When \(N\geq 2\), the additional padding is empty: any exact circuit on the physical, logical auxiliary, and scratch register transfers to the complete register with the same gate count and physical columns.
- MPUCircuit.completeCircuitSiteCount_one
- MPUCircuit.circuitPaddingCount_eq_zero_of_two_le
- MPUCircuit.completeCircuitSiteCount_eq_global_of_two_le
- MPUCircuit.exists_clean_pair_circuit_of_siteCount_eq
- MPUCircuit.completePhysicalConfigEmbedding_pullback_of_two_le
- MPUCircuit.exists_singleSite_complete_clean_pair_circuit
- MPUCircuit.exists_complete_clean_pair_circuit_of_global
Every one-site unitary in positive physical dimension has an exact implementation by one neighboring two-qudit gate with one padding qudit. The padding qudit remains exactly zero for every physical input, and the complete scalar phase is retained. In fact the padded operator is \(U\otimes I\) on the full two-site space.
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and \(L_0\leq L\). Suppose the endpoint source-cut ranks satisfy the supplied product identities
Then the blocking bounds are exact:
This is the saturation step in the proof of [ 16 , Proposition IV.2 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U^{[L]}\) denote the direct blocking of \(L\) sites of a tensor \(\mathcal U\) with physical dimension \(d\), and let \(r_L\) and \(\ell _L\) be its right and left source-cut ranks. Then
These are the one-site forms of the two upper bounds in the proof of [ 16 , Proposition IV.2 ] .
A bijective relabeling of the physical basis simultaneously relabels the physical component of every source-cut row and column. Hence
with the right and left orientations unchanged.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be simple and have a reduced full-support canonical-form-II presentation with positive diagonal fixed matrix \(\rho \). Let \(u\) and \(v\) be its source gates. For \(N{\gt}0\), flatten each pair configuration by the bijection \(\Phi _N\) given by
Then the original chain of \(2N\) sites satisfies
In particular, numbering four original sites from \(1\) to \(4\) gives
The left factors satisfy
These are [ 16 , Section III ] .
The right source factors are recovered from the two source matrices by
Here \(W_\rho =I_d\otimes \rho \) in the product-index order \((\text{upper physical},\text{right auxiliary})\).
The entries of the two products satisfy
These are the two graphical entry identifications in [ 16 , Section III ] .
Two compact decompositions \(M=V^\dagger DU=V'^\dagger D'U'\) of one source cut have \(V^\dagger V=V'^\dagger V'\) and \(U^\dagger U=U'^\dagger U'\), and \(x=V'V^\dagger \) is a unitary of the intermediate space with \(V'=xV\) and \(D'U'=xDU\). With the unitaries \(x_1\), \(x_2\) of the two cuts, the factors built from the second decompositions are \(X_i'=X_ix_i^\dagger \), \(Y_i'=x_iY_i\), \(Z_i'=Z_ix_i^\dagger \), and the gates are \(u'=(x_2\otimes x_1)u\) and \(v'=v(x_1^\dagger \otimes x_2^\dagger )\). The source does not fix a decomposition (line 479: "using a singular value decomposition, we can write"); this theorem shows that none of its gate statements depends on the choice.
- MPOTensor.SourceCutSVD.conjTranspose_mul_V_eq
- MPOTensor.SourceCutSVD.conjTranspose_mul_U_eq
- MPOTensor.SourceCutSVD.relatingUnitary_mul_V
- MPOTensor.SourceCutSVD.exists_unitary_relating
- MPOTensor.SourceCutSVD.relatingUnitary
- MPOTensor.sourceX₁Of_eq_of_V_eq
- MPOTensor.sourceY₁Of_eq_of_V_eq
- MPOTensor.sourceZ₁Of_eq_of_V_eq
- MPOTensor.sourceX₂Of_eq_of_V_eq
- MPOTensor.sourceY₂Of_eq_of_V_eq
- MPOTensor.sourceZ₂Of_eq_of_V_eq
- MPOTensor.sourceU_sourceV_sourceFactorsOf_relatingUnitary
- MPOTensor.sourceU_sourceFactorsOf_eq
- Matrix.IsHermitian.cfc_eq_of_eq_unitary_conj
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be simple tensors in canonical form II with \(V^{ij}=zU^{ij}z^\dagger \) for a unitary \(z\) on the virtual space. Their recorded positive matrices need not be related. Write \(X_a(\mathcal U),Y_a(\mathcal U)\) and \(X_a(\mathcal V),Y_a(\mathcal V)\) for their selected source factors, \(a=1,2\). After identifying the equal source ranks, there are unitaries \(W_1\) and \(W_2\) on the respective source-rank spaces such that
This is the forward factor comparison associated with the diagrams in [ 16 , lines 624–648 ] ; it does not assert a converse from the local relations to equality at every chain length. The scalar-free step is the isometric specialization of [ 197 , lines 1052–1066 ] .
Identify a two-site physical configuration with an ordered pair in \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \). Then
where \(\operatorname {swap}_{r,\ell }\) reorders the source index of \(u\) from \(\ell \times r\) to the \(r\times \ell \) order carried by the columns of \(v\) and reverses the two physical input coordinates. This is the exact two-site factorization through the paper gates \(u\) and \(v\) of CPSV17 SVDforms2–uuvv.
Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be simple tensors in canonical form II with \(V^{ij}=zU^{ij}z^\dagger \) for a unitary \(z\). Let \(e_r:r[\mathcal U]\simeq r[\mathcal V]\) and \(e_\ell :\ell [\mathcal U]\simeq \ell [\mathcal V]\) be the source-rank bijections. Reindex the source gates of \(\mathcal U\) by
There are unitaries \(x\) on \(\ell [\mathcal V]\) and \(y\) on \(r[\mathcal V]\) such that
Relation (591) is the forward \(u\) relation of [ 16 , Equation (SFuu) ] . The source’s [ 16 , Equation (SFvv) ] displays two relations between the open half-factors involving \(z\); contraction of those half-factors yields (592). No converse for the original periodic operators at odd length is asserted.
If \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) have positive right and left source ranks, then
This is the specified-tensor form of the tensoring case of [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] ; it makes no choice of a simple blocking.
Bijective physical relabeling preserves both source ranks:
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU tensor with physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\) and bond dimension \(D{\gt}0\). Let \(\rho {\gt}0\) be diagonal with \(\operatorname{tr}(\rho )=1\), and put \((\Phi \rvert =\operatorname {vec}(\mathbb {1}_D)^{\mathsf T}\). Suppose that for some \(J{\gt}0\) the normalized transfer matrix satisfies
Construct the source factors and \(u\) from \(\mathcal U\) using \(\rho \), and set \(K=JD^2\). For retained physical pairs \(p,q\in \{ 0,\ldots ,d-1\} ^2\), the complete source-\(u\) contraction satisfies
Here \(\tau \) ranges over input words of length \(K\), and \(\eta \) ranges over output words of length \(K+2\). This is the supplied-fixed-pair form of the complete-network equality in [ 16 , Lemma III.7 ] .
The same untraced two-site product also satisfies
The product indices of \(u\) are \((l,r)\) on the source side and \((j_1,j_2)\) on the physical side.
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor with physical dimension \(d{\gt}0\), let \(W\) be its double layer, and put \(E=d^{-1}\sum _iW^{ii}\). Let \(\rho \) be symmetric, set \((\Phi \rvert =\operatorname {vec}(\mathbb {1}_D)^{\mathsf T}\), and suppose that for some \(K\geq 0\),
For supplied source factors built from the same weight \(\rho \), the paper gate \(u=Y_2\mathbin {-}Y_1\) satisfies
If \(\rho \) is diagonal, the same quantity is
Thus only the \(K\)-site interior is blocked; the two endpoint letters remain one-site tensors. The \(p\) entries are conjugated and the \(q\) entries are not. This is the supplied-fixed-pair contraction in [ 16 , Lemma III.7 ] .
Let \(M_i=X_iY_i\) be supplied source factorizations for \(\mathcal U\) and the weight \(\rho \). For retained physical pairs \(p=(p_1,p_2)\) and \(q=(q_1,q_2)\), one has
The \(p\) entries are starred and the \(q\) entries are unstarred. This is precisely the staggered reflected–direct four-tensor expression obtained from \(u=Y_2\mathbin {-}Y_1\) and the two identities in [ 16 , equations X1X2b and uUnitary ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPO tensor, let \(\rho \) be a bond matrix, and let \(M_i=X_iY_i\) be supplied source factorizations for \(\mathcal U\) and \(\rho \). Construct the source tensor \(u=Y_2\mathbin {-}Y_1\). For retained physical pairs \(p=(p_1,p_2)\) and \(q=(q_1,q_2)\), let \(W^{ij}\) denote the \((i,j)\) double-layer letter, let \(\lvert \rho ^{\mathsf T})\) be the column-stacking vector of \(\rho ^{\mathsf T}\), and set \((\Phi \rvert =\operatorname {vec}(\mathbb {1}_D)^{\mathsf T}\). Then
Thus the fixed-pair weight is genuinely transposed at this stage. In the diagonal canonical-form-II coordinates fixed above, \(\rho ^{\mathsf T}=\rho \); this is the identification used in the complete contraction below.
Let \(\rho {\gt}0\), and compute both source cuts, the source operator \(v\), and the right source factors \(Y_1,Y_2\) from the same tensor \(\mathcal U\) using \(\rho \). Let \(W\) be the double layer of \(\mathcal U\), let \(\lvert \rho ^{\mathsf T})\) be the column-stacking vector of \(\rho ^{\mathsf T}\), and let \((\Phi \rvert =\operatorname {vec}(\mathbb {1}_D)^{\mathsf T}\). For the starred physical pair \(p=(p_1,p_2)\), the unstarred pair \(q=(q_1,q_2)\), and virtual paths \(a=(a_1,a_2)\) and \(b=(b_1,b_2)\), put \(x=((a_1,p_1),(p_2,a_2))\) and \(y=((b_1,q_1),(q_2,b_2))\). Then
Consequently the dressed Gram equation
holds if and only if
for all \(i,j,k,\ell \). The source gate and source factors use the same weight \(\rho \) throughout. The transpose occurs only in the inserted column-stacking vector. In the source, \(\rho \) is diagonal, so this vector equals \(\lvert \rho )\) and the displayed equivalence is exactly [ 16 , equation vUnitary and proof of Theorem III.8 ] .
For every positive definite source weight \(\rho \), and for \(x=R^{-1}(p,a)\) and \(y=R^{-1}(q,b)\), the dressed Gram equation is equivalent to
Here \(p,q\in \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \), \(a,b\in \{ 0,\ldots ,({-}1\} D^2)\), the indices \(s,t\) range over \(\{ 0,\ldots ,r{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,\ell {-}1\} \), and \(z\) ranges over \(\{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \times \{ 0,\ldots ,d{-}1\} \).
Let \(p=(p_1,p_2)\) be the starred physical pair, \(q=(q_1,q_2)\) the unstarred pair, and let \(a=(a_1,a_2)\) and \(b=(b_1,b_2)\) be virtual paths. The weighted first-cut contraction is
The entry of two ordinary double-layer letters from row \((a_1,b_1)\) to column \((a_2,b_2)\) is
Set
Inserting \(|\rho '\rangle \! \langle \Phi '|\) between the two letters gives
Finally, the Gram entry of \(Y_1\otimes Y_2\) expands as
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU in canonical form II, with recorded weight \(\rho \). If \(p{\gt}0\) and \(\mathcal U^{[p]}\) is simple, then the source operator \(v\) computed from the source cuts of \(\mathcal U^{[p]}\), using this same \(\rho \), satisfies \(v^\dagger v=\mathbb {1}\). In particular, some integer \(1\leq p\leq D^2\) gives a simple blocked tensor and this source-\(v\) isometry. The statement includes \(D=1\).
Let \(\rho {\gt}0\). For \(z=(z_1,z_2)\), \(p=(p_1,p_2)\), and \(a=(a_1,a_2)\),
This is the local open-leg identity for the literal gate \(v=X_1\mathbin {-}X_2\).
For \(q=(q_1,q_2)\) and \(j=(j_1,j_2)\), the untraced two-site product is
The intermediate contraction is
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.sum_sourceV_mul_Y₁
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.mul_apply_eq_sum_sourceV_mul_Y₁_mul_Y₂
- MPOTensor.SourceFactors.blockTwo_apply_eq_sum_sourceV_mul_Y₁_mul_Y₂
- MPOTensor.sum_sourceV_mul_sourceY₁
- MPOTensor.mul_apply_eq_sum_sourceV_mul_sourceY₁_mul_sourceY₂
- MPOTensor.mul_apply_eq_sum_sourceV_mul_sourceY₁_mul_sourceY₂_pair
- MPOTensor.blockTwo_apply_eq_sum_sourceV_mul_sourceY₁_mul_sourceY₂
For every tensor \(\mathcal U\), physical indices \(p,q\), and auxiliary indices \(a,b\),
Thus the factor indexed by \((p,a)\) is starred and the factor indexed by \((q,b)\) is unstarred. This is the second-cut rotation used in [ 16 , Theorem III.8, Section III.B, equations (31)–(32) ] . The identity requires no Matrix Product Unitary, dimension, positivity, or simple-tensor hypothesis.
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and \(k_0\leq k\). Suppose that the endpoint source ranks satisfy
Then the specified source-index values agree:
This statement assumes the endpoint products; it neither selects a simple blocking nor defines the public index.
A specified tensor with equal positive source ranks \(r_{\mathcal U}=\ell _{\mathcal U}\) has \(\operatorname {ind}_{\mathrm{src}}(\mathcal U)=0\). Let \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\) be specified tensors. Suppose that their source ranks obey
where \(c\), \(r_{\mathcal U}\), and \(\ell _{\mathcal U}\) are positive. Then
Let \(\mathcal U\), \(\mathcal V\), and \(\mathcal W\) instead have positive source ranks and suppose that
where \(c\) is a positive integer. Then
If \(d\), \(r_{\mathcal U}\), and \(\ell _{\mathcal U}\) are positive and a specified tensor has \(r_{\mathcal U}\ell _{\mathcal U}=d^2\), then
Let \((J_a)_{a=1}^3\) be the Cartesian spin-one matrices, \((\sigma _a)_{a=1}^3\) the Pauli matrices, and \(H=\sum _aJ_a\otimes \sigma _a\). Then \(H=H^\dagger \) and \(H^2=2I-H\). Consequently \(U=(I+2H)/3\) is unitary. Adjoining the identity on a two-dimensional sector gives the three-qubit unitary \(\widehat U=U\oplus I_2\).
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.coupling_conjTranspose
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.spinOne
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.coupling
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.reflection
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.paddedSpinOne
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.qubitReflection
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.coupling_sq
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.reflection_mem_unitaryGroup
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.qubitReflection_mem_unitaryGroup
The spin-one reflection has operator Schmidt rank four and left Schmidt space \(W\). Its three-qubit extension has the same rank and left Schmidt space \(\widehat W\). Thus an original Schmidt space of a unitary can fail to have even one unitary element.
Put \(W=\{ aI_3+K:a\in \mathbb C,\ K^T=-K\} \). Every unitary matrix in \(W\) is scalar, and \(W\) is not spanned by its unitary matrices.
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.eq_zero_of_scalarSkew_mem_unitaryGroup
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.scalarSkew
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.scalarSkewLinearMap
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.leftOperatorSpace
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.scalarSkew_mulVec
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.eq_smul_one_of_mem_leftOperatorSpace_of_unitary
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.spinOne_zero_mem_leftOperatorSpace
- MPUSchmidtObstruction.leftOperatorSpace_not_spanned_by_unitaries
Let \(P=E^J\) be a stabilized rank-one transfer power with normalized left and right factors. If \(\rho '\) and \(\Phi '\) are any other fixed vectors with \((\Phi '\mid \rho ')=1\), then
There are simple matrix product unitaries \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V\) of physical dimension two and bond dimension one whose two-site blocked tensors agree, but whose periodic operators differ at length three:
This is the parity obstruction to reading the converse of [ 16 , Theorem FundamentalMPU, lines 624–648 ] as an assertion about the original tensors at every length. Definition SF of that source concerns the two-site blocks; the explicit source factors and local unitary relations for this example are recorded in [ 157 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V\) have two \(d\)-dimensional physical spins, and write \(\widetilde{\mathcal U}=\mathbb S\mathcal U\) and \(\widetilde{\mathcal V}=\mathbb S\mathcal V\). Strict equivalence of \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V\) under swap-combined adjunction is equivalent to strict equivalence of \(\widetilde{\mathcal U},\widetilde{\mathcal V}\) under adjunction. The analogous equivalence holds for swap-combined transposition and transposition. Strict equivalence under conjugation is preserved. Identity-ancilla stabilization is outside this statement [ 65 ] .
Let \(\mathcal U\) be simple with positive physical dimension, let \(W\) be its double layer, and let \(E\) be the normalized diagonal of \(W\). Suppose that for some \(J{\gt}0\),
Then the simple insertion identity holds with these same supplied witnesses:
Let \(W\) have supplied two-site standard-form data \((u,v,X_1,X_2)\). For every \(N{\gt}0\) and pair configurations \(i,j\),
Thus, after the stated identification of pair configurations with the two-site alphabet, \(U^{(N)}(W)=C_{v,N}C_{u,N}\). This includes \(N=1\). The formula is the positive-length closed contraction of the supplied open form in [ 16 , Equations uuvv and StandardForm ] .
If \(W\) has supplied two-site standard-form data, then
for every \(N{\gt}0\). In particular, \(W\) is an MPU under the source’s \(N{\gt}1\) length convention.
Let two global operators have disjoint child supports. Their individual initialized-column identities, each retaining every outside logical configuration, imply their joint column identity with output map \(V\otimes W\otimes I\) for every spectator encoding. Local child matrices and the joint column identity are derived; neither is an additional hypothesis.
Let \(d\in \mathbb {N}\). On \(\mathbb {C}^d\otimes \mathbb {C}^d\), let \(\mathbb S\) be the swap operator used in [ 16 , Section VII ] , defined on the standard basis by \(\mathbb S(e_k\otimes e_\ell )=e_\ell \otimes e_k\). With columns indexed by source coordinates \((k,\ell )\) and rows indexed by target coordinates \((i,j)\), its entries are
Then \(\mathbb S\) is unitary between the two product-coordinate orders:
Fix \(d\), two finite-chain operator symmetries \(\mathcal S,\mathcal T\), and a unitary \(Q\in M_{d}(\mathbb {C})\) with \(Q^2=I\). Suppose that, for every local tensor \(\mathcal W\) with physical dimension \(d\) and any virtual dimension, \(\mathcal W\) is \(\mathcal S\)-invariant if and only if \(Q\mathcal W\) is \(\mathcal T\)-invariant. Then, for tensors \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V\) of a common virtual dimension, a continuous MPU path of that virtual dimension from \(\mathcal U\) to \(\mathcal V\) with \(\mathcal S\)-invariance exists if and only if such a path from \(Q\mathcal U\) to \(Q\mathcal V\) with \(\mathcal T\)-invariance exists. For tensors \(\mathcal U,\mathcal V\) of possibly different virtual dimensions, strict equivalence under \(\mathcal S\) is equivalent to strict equivalence of \(Q\mathcal U,Q\mathcal V\) under \(\mathcal T\); both relations compare the tensors after unused virtual directions are adjoined up to a common dimension [ 57 ] . Identity-ancilla stabilization is outside the statement [ 65 ] .
Let \(S\) and \(S'\) preserve the standard symplectic forms on spaces of dimensions \(2p\) and \(2q\) over a commutative ring. Then
No positivity assumption on either dimension is needed. This theorem uses the standard symplectic form; the interleaved form in [ 16 ] requires a separate change of coordinates before this calculation applies to its matrices.
If \(q\) denotes the blocked product-alphabet equivalence, then each site \(s\) satisfies
Let \(A\) and \(B\) have chosen canonical-form-II data with retained blocks \(A_a\) and \(B_b\), dimensions \(D_a\) and \(E_b\), weights \(\mu _a\) and \(\nu _b\), diagonal positive-definite fixed points \(\Lambda _a\) and \(\Gamma _b\), and ambient coisometries \(V_A\) and \(V_B\). Write \(\pi _{m,n}\) for the standard product-coordinate equivalence and let \(\chi \) be the retained-coordinate equivalence
The product ambient coisometry is
For each retained pair \((a,b)\), the chosen product data are
and
The exact reconstruction is
Thus the retained direct sum is conjugated by the reindexed Kronecker ambient coisometry, rather than identified directly with the ambient tensor. For MPO tensors \(\mathcal U\) and \(\mathcal V\), the doubled physical equivalence of Theorem 18.6.5 identifies these data with canonical-form-II data for \(\widetilde{\mathcal U\boxtimes \mathcal V}\).
Full support is a supplied reduced-representative restriction. If the two chosen input data satisfy
and
then the chosen product data satisfy
Identifying canonical-form-II data along an equality of ambient tensors leaves this retained-dimension sum unchanged. This full-support assertion is not stated by the tensoring sentence in [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] ; it is the supplied restriction documented in [ 58 ] .
For the independent tensor product, the raw source ranks satisfy \(r(\mathcal U\boxtimes \mathcal V)=r(\mathcal U)r(\mathcal V)\) and \(\ell (\mathcal U\boxtimes \mathcal V)=\ell (\mathcal U)\ell (\mathcal V)\) by Theorem 18.4.40.
The source cuts satisfy
Thus the paper’s right and left orientations are unchanged.
The right and left source-cut ranks are multiplicative:
This is the rank-multiplication ingredient for the tensoring case in the proof of [ 16 , Theorem IV.6(ii) ] .
Suppose \(E^2=E\) and \(EAE=0\) for every \(A\in \mathfrak S\). For all \(X,Y\in \mathcal T\),
Let \(A\) be an \(n\times n\) complex matrix. If \(\operatorname{tr}(A^k)=1\) for every \(k\ge 1\), then
(The hypothesis already forces \(n\ge 1\) because the trace of a \(0\times 0\) matrix is \(0\), contradicting \(\operatorname{tr}(A)=1\).)
Let \(A\) and \(B\) be matrix product tensors with the same positive bond dimension, and let \(F_{A,B}(X)=\sum _i A^iX(B^i)^\dagger \) be their mixed transfer map. Then
In particular, taking \(B=A\) identifies the trace of the \(N\)th power of the ordinary transfer matrix with the length-\(N\) self-overlap.
Let \(T_j,q_j\) be real sequences, let \(a\in \mathbb R\) and \(C\geq 0\), and suppose \(q_j\geq 1\) for every nonnegative integer \(j\). If
then for every nonnegative integer \(L\),
Suppose the two affine spaces \(\mathcal C_F\) and \(\mathcal C_{FA}\) each contain a positive definite matrix and each admit a positive definite trace normalizer. Their bond dimensions are \(r,s\geq 1\). There exist positive definite \(P\in \mathcal C_F\) and \(S\in \mathcal C_{FA}\) whose dual metrics normalize their respective affine spaces and satisfy the inverse-metric trace identities \(r^2,s^2\). The interval map with amplitudes \(\sqrt P A_{ab}\sqrt{S^{-1}/s}\) is an isometry.
Let square complex matrices \(E,F\) satisfy \(E^\dagger E+F^\dagger F=EE^\dagger +FF^\dagger =I\). There are unitaries \(V,W\) such that \(E=V\sqrt{E^\dagger E}\), \(F=W\sqrt{F^\dagger F}\), and \(E^\dagger E\) commutes with \(V^\dagger W\).
Let \(P\) and \(Q\) be orthogonal projections on a complex inner-product space. The compression of \(Q\) to \(\operatorname {ran}P\) is self-adjoint. If a unit vector \(x\in \operatorname {ran}P\) satisfies
then there is a unit vector \(w\perp x\) such that
Thus \(\operatorname {span}\{ x,w\} \) is the two-dimensional angle block associated with the eigenvalue \(\mu \in (0,1)\).
For all indices \(i,j\),
In particular, \(\langle d_i,d_j\rangle =0\) when \(i\ne j\), including when \(\mu _i=\mu _j\). The block \(B_i\) has dimension at most two, is invariant under both \(P\) and \(Q\), and satisfies \(B_i\perp B_j\) for distinct indices.
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.rangeCompressionEigenbasis_inner_angleDefect_eq_zero
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.angleDefect_inner_rangeCompressionEigenbasis_eq_zero
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.angleDefect_inner_angleDefect
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.angleDefect_inner_angleDefect_eq_zero
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.finrank_angleDefectBlock_le_two
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.map_angleDefectBlock_le_first_projection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.map_angleDefectBlock_le_second_projection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.angleDefectBlock_isOrtho
The blocks \((B_i)_i\) form an orthogonal internal direct sum in \(B\), and
Both \(B\) and \(K\) are invariant under \(P\) and \(Q\), with \(\operatorname {ran}P\subseteq B\), so for every \(z\in K\),
Consequently the restrictions \(P|_K\) and \(Q|_K\) are commuting orthogonal projections on \(K\).
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.angleDefectBlock_orthogonalFamily
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.angleDefectBlock_isInternal
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.angleDefectSum_isCompl_angleDefectComplement
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.range_le_angleDefectSum
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.map_angleDefectSum_le_first_projection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.map_angleDefectSum_le_second_projection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.map_angleDefectComplement_le_first_projection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.map_angleDefectComplement_le_second_projection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.projections_comp_apply_eq_zero_of_mem_angleDefectComplement
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.firstProjectionOnAngleDefectComplement
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.secondProjectionOnAngleDefectComplement
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.firstProjectionOnAngleDefectComplement_isSymmetricProjection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.secondProjectionOnAngleDefectComplement_isSymmetricProjection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.firstProjectionOnAngleDefectComplement_commute_secondProjection
Let \(P\) and \(Q\) be orthogonal projections on a finite-dimensional complex inner-product space, with compression spectral data \((x_i,\mu _i)\). Then, for every \(i\), \(\mu _i\in [0,1]\) and exactly one of the following alternatives holds:
\(\mu _i=0\) and \(Qx_i=0\);
\(\mu _i=1\) and \(Qx_i=x_i\);
\(0{\lt}\mu _i{\lt}1\), and \(x_i\) belongs to the two-dimensional angle block described in Theorem 18.9.71.
This theorem classifies the compression eigenvectors.
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.rangeCompression_apply_eigenbasis
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.rangeCompressionEigenbasis_apply_self
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.rangeCompressionEigenbasis_apply_compression
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.rangeCompressionEigenvalues_mem_unitInterval
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.rangeCompressionEigenvalues_eq_zero_or_eq_one_or_exists_angle_block
The reduced projection satisfies
The first two identities describe the canonical construction, while the next three establish the properties in source lines 767–769. The final range equality is the derived input to the right-factor theorem, not item (iv) of the source.
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.reducedProjection_isSymmetric
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.range_reducedProjection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.reducedProjection_range_triple
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.comp_reducedProjection
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.reducedProjection_comp
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.comp_reducedProjection_left
- LinearMap.IsSymmetricProjection.range_reducedProjection_comp
For orthogonal projections \(P\) and \(Q\), the reduced range contains no nonzero vector annihilated by \(Q\):
Put \(\mathcal H=2^{-1/2} \left(\begin{smallmatrix} I & I \\ I & -I \end{smallmatrix}\right)\). Then \(\mathcal H\operatorname {diag}(I,R)\mathcal H =\mathcal E((I+R)/2)\). If \(R\) is a Hermitian involution, \((I+R)/2\) is an orthogonal projection. For a unitary \(B\) and any square matrix \(C\),
Let \(P\) be an orthogonal projection and put \(\mathcal E(P)=\left(\begin{smallmatrix} P & I-P \\ I-P & P \end{smallmatrix}\right)\). Then \(\mathcal E(P)\) is a Hermitian unitary. Let \(Q_0=\left(\begin{smallmatrix} I & 0 \\ 0 & 0 \end{smallmatrix}\right)\) be the zero-record projection. For any square matrices \(X_0,X_1\) on another factor,
Thus every input with its record qubit zero has its record zero at the end.
If the supplied gates \(u\) and \(v\) are unitary between their stated coordinate spaces, then for every \(N{\gt}0\) both \(C_{u,N}\) and \(C_{v,N}\) are unitary between their corresponding configuration spaces.
For a two-site tensor \(W\) with supplied standard-form data, write \(L(i)_{\alpha t}=X_2(\alpha ,i_1)_t\), \(R(i)_{s\gamma }=X_1(i_2,\gamma )_s\), \(u(j)_{ts}=u_{(t,s),j}\), and \(v(i,i')_{st}=v_{(i_2,i'_1),(s,t)}\). For every nonempty word of complete two-site blocks, with the product ordered in increasing \(x\),
The equality is an equality of matrices with both virtual indices free; arbitrary matrices may therefore be inserted at the two ends before taking the trace.
- MPOTensor.twoSiteLeftHalf
- MPOTensor.twoSiteRightHalf
- MPOTensor.twoSiteInputGate
- MPOTensor.twoSiteOutputLink
- MPOTensor.twoSiteOpenGateTail
- MPOTensor.twoSite_letter_factorization
- MPOTensor.twoSite_adjacent_halves
- MPOTensor.twoSite_evalWord_open_gate_factorization
- MPOTensor.twoSite_trace_open_gate_with_endpoints
Fix a physical dimension \(d\geq 2\), a finite-dimensional bond space, matrices \(A^{ij}\) and boundary vectors \(l,r\). Suppose
is unitary for every \(N\geq 1\). Then \(U_N\) has an exact circuit of polynomial size and depth, with \(O(N)\) auxiliary qudits which begin and end in zero. The gates may be restricted to adjacent sites on a line. The constants and polynomial exponent depend on the fixed presentation; no exact-length full-rank assumption is required.
The placed leaf budget and the stated routed joining-packet budget are at most \(M_0\) for \(d\geq 2\) and \(D{\gt}0\). Every selected reflection testing at most \(A\) flags, including the empty selection, has cost at most \(F\). For \(N{\gt}0\), the latter satisfies
If every node uses at most \(D\) amplification rounds, the stated numerical tree count satisfies
The coefficient \(c(d,D)(D+1)^3\) is polynomial in \(D\) for fixed \(d\), of degree at most sixteen. This theorem bounds the numerical recursion and does not assume complete recursive circuit existence.
- MPUCircuit.bondRegisterWidth_le_bondDim
- MPUCircuit.placedLeafGateCount_le_uniform
- MPUCircuit.joiningPacketGateCount_le_uniform
- MPUCircuit.selectedZeroRegisterReflectionPoolGateCount_le_uniform
- MPUCircuit.uniformReflectionGateCount_le_cubic
- MPUCircuit.uniformCircuitTreeGateCount_le_polynomial
- MPUCircuit.uniformCircuitTreeGateCount_le_polynomial_bond
Suppose \(V^\dagger V=I\) and \(P\) is an orthogonal projection. The operator \(Q\) is unitary on the entire output space. If \(V^\dagger PV=\sin ^2\theta \, I\) with \(0{\lt}\theta {\lt}\pi /2\), then the derived success and failure maps give
For \(\theta =\pi /(4\ell +2)\) and \(\ell \geq 1\), \(Q^\ell V=(\sin \theta )^{-1}PV\) exactly. If instead \(V^\dagger PV=I\), then already \(PV=V\).
Suppose \(V^\dagger V=I\), \(P\) is an orthogonal projection, \(0{\lt}p{\lt}1\) and \(V^\dagger PV=p^2I\). The maps \(G,H\) above satisfy
Thus both isometric subspaces follow from the uniform probability identity.
If \(t^2\leq 1\), then \(R_t\) is unitary on both flag values. If \(t^2\leq 1\) and \(V^\dagger V=I\), also \(V_t^\dagger V_t=I\). An orthogonal projection \(P\) gives an orthogonal projection \(P_t\). Moreover, for any uniform probability identity \(V^\dagger PV=p^2I\),
Thus a nonnegative attenuation coefficient multiplies the original nonnegative success amplitude by \(t\).
If there is exactly one block \(k\) and the blocks fill the ambient bond space, then
The vectorized map \(V\) has Gram \(V^\dagger V=K(L^\dagger L,RR^\dagger )\). Hence \(V\) is an isometry if \(\operatorname {Tr}(RR^\dagger \mathcal T_\rho (L^\dagger L))=1\) for every input density matrix \(\rho \).
Let \(A,B\) be square matrices on the bond space with \(BA=I\). The tensor with letters \(AU^{ij}B\) has the blockings \(A\, U_L\, B\), the same periodic operators as \(\mathcal U\), and is simple if and only if \(\mathcal U\) is; the ranks of its blockings equal those of \(\mathcal U\).
The two raw source cuts satisfy the literal formulas
The transposes in (584) result from the corrected orientation of \(M_1\); no complex conjugation occurs.
If \(A\) and \(B\) are invertible, then
This assertion concerns the raw source ranks only.
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). For every double-layer tensor \(\mathcal W\), there is a basis \(\{ \sigma _0,\sigma _\alpha \} \) of the physical matrix algebra and virtual matrices \(E,S_\alpha \) such that \(\sigma _0=\mathbb {1}\) and, for every nonzero index \(\alpha \), \(\operatorname{tr}(\sigma _\alpha )=0\), while
Here \(E\) is the normalized physical diagonal. Equivalently, contraction against a physical matrix \(X\) separates as
where the second physical argument is traceless. This is equation WIsom in [ 16 , Proposition III.3(ii) ] .
Let \(M\) and \(N\) be nonempty sets with decidable equality, and let \(A\in \operatorname {Mat}_M(\mathbb {C})\) and \(B\in \operatorname {Mat}_N(\mathbb {C})\). If \(A\otimes B=\mathbf1\), then there is a nonzero \(c\in \mathbb {C}\) such that
Let \(\mathcal U\) be a simple MPU with a canonical-form-II presentation and recorded fixed matrix \(\rho \). Let \(W\) be its raw double layer, put \((\Phi |_{(a,b)}=\delta _{a,b}\) and \(|\rho )_{(a,b)}=\rho _{ba}\). For all physical indices \(i,j,k,l\),
These are the boundary removals used in the six-tensor argument of [ 197 , lines 1164–1254 ] .
Let \(I\) be a nonempty finite set, let \(T\in \operatorname {Mat}_I(\mathbb {C})\) be unitary, and let \(\sigma \in \mathbb {C}\). If
then
This is the sign step \(\mathbb {1}=xx^\dagger =e^{2i\phi }\mathbb {1}\) in [ 16 , lines 1036–1038 ] , and the involution conclusion in [ 197 , lines 1563–1567 ] , conditional on the self relation.
Every MPS tensor \(A\) admits a finite family of nonzero irreducible blocks \((B_k)_{k=1}^r\), each with at least one nonzero Kraus operator and positive bond dimension. For every \(N\ge 1\) and every \(\sigma \),
Moreover, \(\sum _{k=1}^rD_k\le D\).
Let \(A\) and \(B\) be normal tensors of positive, possibly different, bond dimensions. Suppose that, for all sufficiently large \(N\), their matrix product vectors are proportional by a nonzero scalar. Then there is \(a\in \mathbb {C}\), with \(|a|=1\), such that \(|V^{(N)}(A)\rangle =a^N|V^{(N)}(B)\rangle \) for every positive \(N\). This is the one-normal-block consequence of [ 13 , Corollary A.3 and the proof of Theorem 2.10 ] .
For every \(x\in \mathbb Z\), the finite image satisfies
This is the homogeneous, full-matrix instance used in the two-sided containment at [ 203 , lines 1276–1278 ] ; see [ 64 ] . Cirac et al. state only the weaker inclusion in the left support algebra tensored with the unrestricted right physical factor at [ 16 , lines 2322–2328 ] .
Let \(B\) be a complex star algebra. Suppose that for every finite region \(\Lambda \) there is a star-algebra homomorphism \(g_\Lambda \colon \mathcal A_\Lambda \to B\). Whenever \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \), suppose that
Then there is a unique star-algebra homomorphism \(g\colon \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\to B\) satisfying \(g\circ \iota _\Lambda =g_\Lambda \) for every finite region \(\Lambda \).
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). A local observable \(X\in \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\) is supported in a finite region \(\Lambda \) if and only if it commutes with every local observable having a finite support disjoint from \(\Lambda \):
This characterizes locally supported observables on the inductive limit algebra.
For \(A\in \mathcal A_\Gamma \) and \(B\in \mathcal A_\Delta \),
The blocked automorphism is translation covariant if and only if the original automorphism commutes with translation by one whole block:
Thus blocked unit-translation covariance records commutation of \(\omega \) with translation by \(L\), not necessarily commutation with original unit translation. For \(L\neq 1\), the latter condition can be strictly stronger.
Let \(L{\gt}0\), \(d\geq 0\), \(a\in \mathbb Z\) and \(N\geq 0\). Let \(e_{N,L}\) decode the \(N\) blocked spins into \(NL\) consecutive spins, placing residue \(r\) of blocked site \(i\) at site \(Li+r\). Define the matrix reindexing \(\mathcal R_{N,L}(X)_{\sigma \tau } =X_{e_{N,L}^{-1}(\sigma ),e_{N,L}^{-1}(\tau )}\). Then
Here the target region is identified using \(\widehat{I(a,N)}_L=I(aL,NL)\). This expresses the site grouping of [ 16 , Appendix, lines 2308 and 2313–2320 ] in consecutive interval coordinates.
For \(d{\gt}0\), \(L{\gt}0\), \(a\in \mathbb Z\), \(N\geq 0\) and \(X\in M_{(d^L)^N}(\mathbb C)\),
The functional \(T_L\omega \) has the same norm as \(\omega \), is a state exactly when \(\omega \) is a state, and is pure exactly when \(\omega \) is pure. This applies to all state functionals, without an invariance condition under translations.
Let \(I\) be a finite nonempty set and let \(S\subseteq M_I(\mathbb {C})\) be a unital star-subalgebra whose centre consists of the multiples of its unit,
Then there is an \(r\geq 1\) with
the first isomorphism being one of star-algebras.
This is the single-block case of the structure theorem for finite-dimensional \(C^*\)-algebras [ 237 , Proposition Csform, lines 2082–2098 ] for an algebra presented inside a matrix algebra; see [ 22 ] .
Let \(I,J\) be finite sets, and let \(\mathcal S\subseteq M_I(\mathbb C)\) and \(\mathcal T\subseteq M_J(\mathbb C)\) be unital star-subalgebras. In the canonical bipartite coordinates, the underlying complex vector space of the join of \(\mathcal S\otimes \mathbf1_J\) and \(\mathbf1_I\otimes \mathcal T\) is exactly
The image of \(\mu _{\mathcal A,\mathcal B}\) is the algebraic join \(\mathcal A\vee \mathcal B\). Its underlying complex vector space is
Thus every element of the join is a finite complex-linear sum of products \(ab\).
Suppose that \(\mathcal C=M_I(\mathbb C)\) for a finite nonempty set \(I\), that \(p,q{\gt}0\), and that
as star-algebras. Then \(\mu _{\mathcal A,\mathcal B}\) is injective and
This is the unital single-block specialization of Schumacher–Werner Proposition Cscom [ 237 , lines 2119–2138 ] , used for the adjacent support algebras in Gross et al. [ 203 , lines 1270–1308 ] ; see [ 110 ] .
Let \(d{\gt}0\). Suppose the compatible forward family preserves the local operator norm, has a finite support bound, and satisfies the finite-local unit-translation formula. Then the completed automorphism \(\overline F\) is a one-dimensional QCA.
For every finite region \(\Lambda \) and \(X\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \), \(f_{\mathrm{loc}}(\iota _\Lambda (X))=f_\Lambda (X)\). If \(d{\gt}0\), then \(|f_{\mathrm{loc}}(A)|\leq \lVert A\rVert \) for every \(A\in \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\).
For every algebraic local observable \(A\), one has \(\omega (j(A))=f_{\mathrm{loc}}(A)\). For every finite region \(\Lambda \) and \(X\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \), one has \(\omega (j_\Lambda (X))=f_\Lambda (X)\).
Every compatible family of finite-region states, with \(d{\gt}0\), has a unique continuous complex-linear extension \(\omega \colon \mathcal A\to \mathbb {C}\) with the prescribed finite-region values. It satisfies \(\omega (I)=1\), \(\lVert \omega \rVert =1\), and, for every \(A\in \mathcal A\), \(|\omega (A)|\leq \lVert A\rVert \) and \(\omega (A^\dagger A)\geq 0\). Compatibility of the finite-region functionals is an explicit hypothesis.
- SpinChain.CompatibleLocalState.quasiLocalFunctional_nonneg_star_mul_self
- SpinChain.CompatibleLocalState.quasiLocalFunctional_one
- SpinChain.CompatibleLocalState.quasiLocalFunctional_norm_le
- SpinChain.CompatibleLocalState.norm_quasiLocalFunctional
- SpinChain.CompatibleLocalState.quasiLocalFunctional_unique
- SpinChain.CompatibleLocalState.existsUnique_quasiLocalFunctional
Let \(d{\gt}0\). If \(\omega \) and \(\eta \) are quantum cellular automata on \(\mathcal A\), then \(\eta \circ \omega \) is a quantum cellular automaton. This composite first applies \(\omega \) and then \(\eta \). No propagation condition for either inverse is required.
Evaluation at \(Lx+r\) reads the \(r\)th letter of the blocked spin at \(x\). Conversely, encoding collects these letters in increasing residue order. At the configuration level, decoding commutes with restriction from \(\Gamma \) to \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \).
In the coordinates of Definition 18.10.2.129, the canonical inclusion from \(\Lambda \cup \Gamma \) is \(X\mapsto X\otimes \mathbf1\), and the canonical inclusion from \(\Gamma \cup \Delta \) is \(Y\mapsto \mathbf1\otimes Y\), with the ordered factors \(\Lambda ,\Gamma ,\Delta \).
If \(\Lambda \cap \Gamma =\varnothing \), \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \), and \(B\in \mathcal A_\Gamma \), then their images in the algebra of the union satisfy
This identity provides the local commutativity of disjoint regions in the quasi-local algebra [ 16 , lines 2292–2300 ] .
Let \(d{\gt}0\). If \(x,y\in \mathcal A\) are supported in finite regions \(\Lambda \) and \(\Gamma \) with \(\Lambda \cap \Gamma =\varnothing \), then
Equivalently, for \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \) and \(B\in \mathcal A_\Gamma \),
This is finite-support infrastructure for the quasi-local algebra in [ 16 , lines 2292–2300 ] ; it is not stated there as a separate theorem.
If \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \) are finite regions, then \(\iota _\Lambda (\mathcal A_\Lambda ) \subseteq \iota _\Gamma (\mathcal A_\Gamma )\). If the finite regions \(\Lambda \) and \(\Gamma \) are disjoint, then the two canonical images generate the image of their union,
This is the expansion of an observable on several cells into a product of observables on disjoint groups of cells used in [ 203 , lines 592–596 ] and proved in [ 237 , lines 341–364 ] .
If \(X,Y\in \mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}}\) are supported in finite regions \(\Lambda \) and \(\Gamma \) with \(\Lambda \cap \Gamma =\varnothing \), then
In particular, for \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \) and \(B\in \mathcal A_\Gamma \),
This is the algebraic-local form of the tensor-factor identity underlying the construction in [ 16 , lines 2292–2300 ] , not a named theorem of the appendix.
The pair algebras generate the algebraic local algebra,
The completion is not involved: this is an equality of algebras of local observables.
For every \(x\in \mathbb Z\),
and consequently \(\omega \bigl(j(\mathcal A_{\mathrm{loc}})\bigr)\subseteq G\). Inclusion (1096) is the containment \(\alpha (\mathcal A_{2x}\otimes \mathcal A_{2x+1})\subseteq \mathcal R_{2x}\otimes \mathcal R_{2x+1}\) at [ 203 , lines 1276–1278 ] , in the homogeneous fixed-\(d\) setting; see [ 64 ] .
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and let \(\omega \) be a one-dimensional QCA on \(\mathcal A^{(d)}\). There exists a positive integer \(L\) such that \(\omega ^{[L]}\) is a QCA on \(\mathcal A^{(d^L)}\) and, for every finite blocked region \(\Lambda \) and every observable \(X\in \mathcal A^{(d^L)}\) supported in \(\Lambda \), the observable \(\omega ^{[L]}(X)\) is supported in
An integer \(z\) belongs to \(\widehat\Lambda _L\) exactly when its quotient by \(L\) belongs to \(\Lambda \). The inverse block-coordinate map sends \((x,r)\) to \(Lx+r\), and \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \) implies \(\widehat\Lambda _L\subseteq \widehat\Gamma _L\).
Let \(d{\gt}0\). If \(\omega \) has finite forward propagation, then there exists a positive integer \(L\) such that, for every finite blocked region \(\Lambda \) and every observable \(X\in \mathcal A^{(d^L)}\) supported in \(\Lambda \), the observable \(\omega ^{[L]}(X)\) is supported in
The finite-region restriction is injective, and for every \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \) one has
If \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \), then for every \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \),
Suppose in addition that \(\omega \) is translation covariant. For \(a\in \mathbb Z\) and \(A\in \mathcal A_\Lambda \),
Here \((\Lambda +a)+\mathcal N=(\Lambda +\mathcal N)+a\).
Let \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \) be finite regions and \(A\in \mathcal A_\Gamma \). Then \(A\) acts trivially outside \(\Lambda \) if and only if it commutes with the full observable algebra on the complement:
This is a finite-dimensional tensor-factor identity. It is not a statement of Schumacher–Werner or the QCA appendix of [ 16 ] .
For \(d{\gt}0\), a star-algebra automorphism \(\omega \) of \(\mathcal A\) is a quantum cellular automaton if and only if it is translation covariant and has finite forward propagation. These two properties therefore construct an automaton, and every quantum cellular automaton satisfies each of them.
Let \(d{\gt}0\), let \(\omega \) be a star-algebra automorphism of \(\mathcal A\), and let \(\mathcal N\subset \mathbb Z\) be finite. If \(\omega \) propagates within \(\mathcal N\), then \(\omega ^{-1}\) propagates within \(-\mathcal N\). Therefore finite forward propagation of \(\omega \) implies finite forward propagation of \(\omega ^{-1}\). If \(\omega \) is translation covariant, then \(\omega ^{-1}\) is also translation covariant.
Schumacher and Werner [ 237 , Theorem 6, Corollary 7 ] derive inverse locality through generalized Margolus partitioning; the proof here establishes it via commutants on complementary regions.
For \(B\in M_I(\mathbb C)\),
Equivalently,
For every star-subalgebra \(\mathcal B\subseteq M_I(\mathbb C)\),
For every star-subalgebra \(\mathcal B\subseteq M_I(\mathbb C)\),
Matrix entries are transported by applying the inverse configuration equivalence to both indices. The blocking equivalence preserves the operator norm and is an isometry.
Every local observable is supported in some finite region. If \(A\) is supported in \(\Lambda \) and \(\Lambda \subseteq \Gamma \), then \(A\) is supported in \(\Gamma \). If \(A\) and \(B\) are supported in \(\Lambda \) and \(\Gamma \), respectively, then \(A+B\) and \(AB\) are supported in \(\Lambda \cup \Gamma \). The adjoint \(A^*\) is supported in \(\Lambda \), and both \(0\) and \(1\) are supported in every finite region. For positive on-site dimension, each map \(\iota _\Lambda \) is injective.
For \(X\in M_{I\times J}(\mathbb C)\),
Let \(I\), \(J\), and \(K\) be finite sets, and let
be star-subalgebras. Suppose that, for every \(X\in \mathcal A_1\) and \(Y\in \mathcal A_2\),
Then the two support algebras on the common factor commute:
This is the full complex matrix-algebra specialization of Schumacher–Werner Lemma sppcomm [ 237 , lines 1174–1194 ] and GNVW Lemma sppcomm [ 203 , Section 7.1, lines 1221–1246 ] .
The input star-subalgebra must be closed under involution, and the basis element belongs to the third factor; see the notes [ 113 ] and [ 82 ] . The statement treats full complex matrix algebras, which suffices for the MPU application [ 16 , lines 2300–2306, 2313–2334 ] ; see [ 59 ] .
Let \(\omega \) be a state, and let \((P_i)_{i\in J}\) be any family of self-adjoint projections with \(\omega (P_i)=1\). Suppose every state \(\phi \) satisfying \(\phi (P_i)=1\) for every \(i\in J\) equals \(\omega \). Then \(\omega \) is pure.
Let \(d{\gt}0\) and let \(z\in \mathcal A\). If
then there is a unique \(c\in \mathbb C\) such that
Consequently,
Algebraic local observables are dense in the quasi-local algebra. Equivalently,
Let \(d{\gt}0\), let \(\Lambda \subset \mathbb Z\) be finite, and let \(x\in \mathcal A\). Then
This characterizes local support through commutants on complementary regions in the UHF algebra [ 16 , 237 ] .
For \(C\in M_J(\mathbb C)\),
Equivalently,
For every star-subalgebra \(\mathcal C\subseteq M_J(\mathbb C)\),
For every star-subalgebra \(\mathcal C\subseteq M_J(\mathbb C)\),
Distinct members of the canonically embedded family commute elementwise:
This is the homogeneous fixed-\(d\) specialization of the consecutive/disjoint argument in [ 203 , lines 1270–1274 ] , using Lemma sppcomm from lines 1221–1246; compare [ 237 , lines 1174–1194 ] . The four-site localization is established in [ 16 , lines 2313–2329 ] ; see [ 64 ] for the homogeneous scope of the adjacent-generation theorem.
Let \(\omega \) be a star-algebra automorphism of the homogeneous quasi-local algebra which propagates within \(\{ -1,0,1\} \) and commutes with every lattice translation. Then, for every \(y\in \mathbb Z\),
and in the two parities
The displacement is two sites of the original chain (one blocked cell); the shift automorphism in [ 203 , lines 1267–1268 ] shows that single-site translation exchanges the inequivalent even and odd support algebras.
Covariance of the support algebras under translation is the identity displayed at [ 237 , lines 1218–1226 ] for the algebras defined at [ 237 , lines 1199–1206 ] , and the ordered even and odd factors are equation RR2x at [ 203 , lines 1251–1266 ] . The translation-covariant fixed-\(d\) setting is that of [ 16 , lines 2292–2298 ] .
The statement treats the one-dimensional translation-invariant setting [ 80 ] , with homogeneous cell size \(d\) [ 64 ] .
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedEvenSupportAlgebra_map_quasiLocalTranslation_two
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedOddSupportAlgebra_map_quasiLocalTranslation_two
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedSupportAlgebra_map_quasiLocalTranslation_two
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedSupportAlgebra_map_quasiLocalTranslation_two_even
- SpinChain.PropagatesWithin.embeddedSupportAlgebra_map_quasiLocalTranslation_two_odd
If \(\widehat{\mathcal R}_y\) denotes the canonical quasi-local copy of \(\mathcal R_y\), then for every \(x\in \mathbb Z\),
More generally, the canonical image of any matrix on a finite region \(\Lambda \) is supported in \(\Lambda \). This is the homogeneous specialization of the localization accompanying equation RR2x in [ 203 , lines 1261–1274 ] ; see [ 64 ] .
Let \(\phi ,\psi \) be states, let \(0{\lt}t{\lt}1\), and set \(\omega =(1-t)\phi +t\psi \). If \(\omega (X^*X)=0\), then \(\phi (X^*X)=0\). If \(\omega \) is a state, \(P=P^*=P^2\), and \(\omega (P)=1\), then \(\phi (P)=1\).
Under the preceding hypotheses, \(\| T_e\omega \| =\| \omega \| \). Moreover, \(T_e\) maps the entire state space of \(\mathcal A_{d_1}\) onto the entire state space of \(\mathcal A_{d_2}\), and \(T_e\omega \) is pure if and only if \(\omega \) is pure. No translation invariance is assumed. Purity has the meaning used in [ 225 , Section 3, lines 1469–1482 ] .
The site-indexed support algebras generate the quasi-local algebra in the norm-closed sense,
In [ 203 , lines 1276–1279 ] the algebras \(\mathcal R_y\) are said to generate an algebra containing \(\alpha (\mathcal A(\mathbb Z))\), which equals \(\mathcal A(\mathbb Z)\) because \(\alpha \) is an automorphism. Here this generation statement is expressed by the norm-closure equality (1097) in the homogeneous fixed-\(d\) setting; see [ 64 ] .
For \(d{\gt}0\), the identity automorphism of \(\mathcal A\) is translation covariant. If \(\omega \) and \(\eta \) are translation covariant, then so is the composite
which first applies \(\omega \) and then \(\eta \).
For \(d{\gt}0\), a star-algebra automorphism \(\omega \) of \(\mathcal A\) is translation covariant if and only if
for every \(a\in \mathbb Z\) and every \(A\in \mathcal A\).
For \(d{\gt}0\), a star-algebra automorphism \(\omega \) of \(\mathcal A\) commutes with every integer translation if and only if it commutes with unit translation:
Every bipartite star-subalgebra satisfies the literal two-sided containment
This is the full complex matrix-algebra specialization of the support-algebra containment in Schumacher–Werner Section 4.3 and of Gross–Nesme–Vogts–Werner equation (22). The latter follows after applying Lemma 7 to both tensor factors. The displayed assertion is an inclusion in an actual tensor-product span, not merely the conjunction of the two one-sided inclusions. The MPU appendix applies this construction to \(\mathcal R_{2x}\) in [ 16 , lines 2320–2334 ] .
For \(d{\gt}0\) and \(a\in \mathbb Z\), coordinate transport and the finite-region inclusion give a star-algebra inclusion \(j_{a,k}:M_{d^k}(\mathbb C)\to \mathcal A\), including \(k=0\). It preserves the matrix operator norm: \(\| j_{a,k}(X)\| =\| X\| \). This is the interval observable convention in [ 225 , Section 3 ] .
Let \(L,R\succeq 0\), let \(P\) and \(Q\) be their support projections, and let \(\widetilde P\) be the reduced projection of \(P\) and \(Q\). There are invertible support-inverse extensions of \(L\) and \(R\), together with an invertible matrix \(Y\), such that \(PQY=\widetilde P\).
On every nonempty chain,
Each transformed tensor is a matrix product unitary.
- MPOTensor.mpo_ketLeftMul
- MPOTensor.IsMPU.ketLeftMul
- MPOTensor.shiftPhysicalSwap_mem_unitaryGroup
- MPOTensor.mpo_shiftExampleTildeU₁
- MPOTensor.mpo_shiftExampleTildeU₂
- MPOTensor.mpo_shiftExampleTildeU₃
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleTildeU₁_isMPU
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleTildeU₂_isMPU
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleTildeU₃_isMPU
For \(d{\gt}0\), the first two transformed families have two-site decompositions with supplied gates and normalized half factors, with gates
The one-site tensors are read as pairs of spins and decomposed directly; these decompositions are not identified with the standard form of Definition 18.9.13 [ 114 ] .
Let \(\mathbb S\) exchange two \(d\)-dimensional spins. The two swap factors appearing in the blocked forms of \(U_2\) and \(U_3\), and both ordered products, are unitary:
Write \([U_a]^{(i_1,i_2),(j_1,j_2)}\) for the virtual matrix of the one-site tensor \(U_a\) with physical output coordinate \((i_1,i_2)\) and input coordinate \((j_1,j_2)\). Let \(\mathbb S\) be the SWAP matrix on the two virtual factors, defined by
Then
Thus exchanging the two physical species exchanges the local tensors \(U_2\) and \(U_3\), with the same exchange on their virtual factors.
For \(d{\gt}0\), the two counterpropagating shift tensors have source factors with trace-one weight \(\rho =d^{-2}\mathbb {1}_{d^2}\). In the four-spin coordinates used above, their source gates are
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). The three shift families have two-site decompositions with supplied gates whose unitary gates satisfy
The two-site blockings in the last two lines use the physical order \(((1,2),(3,4))\). These are unitary gates with normalized half factors satisfying the open standard-form equation. For the two blocked families, the half factors and gates are those of the source factors of Theorem 18.9.3.30. For \(U_1\) and the unblocked \(U_3\), the one-site tensor is read as a pair of spins and decomposed directly; these decompositions are not identified with the standard form of Definition 18.9.13 [ 114 ] .
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₁StandardForm_normalized
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃StandardForm_normalized
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂BlockedStandardForm_normalized
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃BlockedStandardForm_normalized
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₁StandardForm
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃StandardForm
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂BlockedStandardForm
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃BlockedStandardForm
In the four-spin coordinates of the supplied source factorization,
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). In the four-spin coordinates of the paper, the supplied source gates satisfy
The blocked tensor factors through \(X_2,u_2^{(2)},X_1\) and, equivalently, through \(v_2^{(2)},Y_1,Y_2\). The scalar factors record the normalization of the supplied source-factor witnesses.
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂SourceURowEquiv
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂SourceVColumnEquiv
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂_sourceU_fourSpin_apply
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂_sourceV_fourSpin_apply
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂_blockTwo_apply_eq_sum_X₂_mul_sourceU_mul_X₁
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₂_blockTwo_apply_eq_sum_sourceV_mul_Y₁_mul_Y₂
Assume \(d{\gt}0\). In the four-spin coordinates of the paper, the supplied source gates satisfy
The blocked tensor factors through \(X_2,u_3^{(2)},X_1\) and, equivalently, through \(v_3^{(2)},Y_1,Y_2\). The scalar factors record the normalization of the supplied source-factor witnesses.
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃SourceURowEquiv
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃SourceVColumnEquiv
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃_sourceU_fourSpin_apply
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃_sourceV_fourSpin_apply
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃_blockTwo_apply_eq_sum_X₂_mul_sourceU_mul_X₁
- MPOTensor.shiftExampleU₃_blockTwo_apply_eq_sum_sourceV_mul_Y₁_mul_Y₂
For a nonempty closed chain, the trace of the word \(A^{\sigma _0}\cdots A^{\sigma _{L-1}}\) is the sum over cyclic virtual-index configurations:
Let \(\mathcal U\) be an MPU tensor under the source’s standing canonical-form-II convention. Let \(r\) and \(\ell \) be its source-cut ranks, and let \(u\) and \(v\) be its source operators, both built from the ambient weight \(\rho \) recorded by the convention. Then the following conditions are equivalent:
\(\mathcal U\) is simple;
\(r\ell =d^2\);
\(u\) is unitary;
\(v\) is unitary.
This is the unrestricted statement of [ 16 , Theorem III.8 ] .
On two \(d\)-dimensional spins per site, define
Let \(\mathbb S\) exchange the two \(d\)-dimensional spins at one site, with matrix entries
With the row index as the output physical index and the column index as the input physical index, define
Thus the swap acts on the output leg, and the corresponding closed operator is left-multiplied by \(\mathbb S^{\otimes N}\).